Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Crown Resorts Ltd

Crown Resorts Ltd

cwn · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cwn
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Crown Resorts Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Crown Limited Annual Report 2013

Crown Limited ABN 39 125 709 953

Annual General Meeting

Financial Calendar

Wednesday 30 October 2013
10.00 am (Melbourne time) 
River Room Level 1, Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street, Southbank, Melbourne

Record date for dividend – 27 September 2013
Payment of fi nal dividend – 11 October 2013
Annual General Meeting – 30 October 2013
2014 interim results – second half of February 2014

1
Chairman’s Letter

13
Crown Perth

22
Sustainability Report

57
Remuneration Report

83
Financial Report

6
Portfolio of Integrated 
Resort Assets

16
Melco Crown 
Entertainment

30
Corporate Governance 
Statement

79
Auditor’s Independence 
Declaration

138
Shareholder Information

8
Chief Executive 
Officer’s Report 

19
Crown Aspinall’s 

40
Nevada Information 
Statement

80
Independent Auditor’s 
Report

140
Additional Information

10
Crown Melbourne

20
Crown Sydney

44
Directors’ 
Statutory Report

82
Directors’ Declaration

141
Corporate Information

“My vision for 
Crown sees 
us as a leading 
global luxury 
brand, with a 
clear focus on 
Asian tourism.”

James Packer
Chairman
Crown Limited

Chairman’s Letter

Dear fellow shareholders,

Crown announced a net profi t of $491.0 million for the fi nancial year ended 30 June 
2013, before signifi cant items. A fi nal dividend of 19 cents per share, franked to 50%, 
was announced, bringing the total dividend for the year to 37 cents per share.

During the last 12 months, Australia’s leading integrated resorts, Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth, have delivered an improved performance, despite evidence 
of weak consumer sentiment, particularly in Melbourne. The result demonstrates 
that by providing fi rst class facilities, we can continue to attract domestic and 
international visitors to our resorts.

The signifi cant investment we have made in our Australian resorts has 
ensured they remain two of Australia’s premier tourist destinations, capable of 
competing with the best tourist facilities in the Asian region. The all-encompassing 
transformation of our properties has reinforced Crown’s position as one of the 
region’s leading operators of integrated resorts.

In July 2013, the New South Wales Government invited Crown to advance to 
Stage Three of the New South Wales Unsolicited Proposal process in respect of 
our proposed development and operation of a six-star hotel resort at Barangaroo 
South on Sydney Harbour. Crown is continuing to work with the NSW Government 
as part of this process.

In Macau, Melco Crown Entertainment’s (MCE) development pipeline continues 
to progress. MCE’s Studio City is on track and is due to open in mid-2015. MCE is 
moving forward with plans for a fi fth hotel tower at City of Dreams and anticipates 
that construction will commence by the end of 2013. MCE also has an interest 
in a consortium to develop and operate an integrated resort in Manila, the 
Philippines, which is expected to open in the middle of 2014. These exciting 
development opportunities are key components of MCE’s strategy to diversify 
its revenue streams, maximise return on invested capital and drive long term 
shareholder value.

In the year ahead, we will be focussing on the performance of our Australian resorts, 
including a continued focus on cost control. We will progress the Crown Sydney 
Hotel Resort proposal and the Crown Towers Perth development. We will continue 
to assist MCE with their development projects.

The Crown Board has resolved, subject to shareholder approval, that the company 
change its name from Crown Limited to Crown Resorts Limited. The change 
of the company name is timely, given the large investment Crown has made 
in its tourism infrastructure over the last few years and its expanding domestic 
and international investments.

Crown remains focussed on investing in our employees, who are our most 
valuable asset, so we can deliver the highest quality service in all segments of 
our business. We will also continue to invest in Australia’s tourism infrastructure, 
demonstrating our confi dence in the ability of our integrated resorts to effectively 
compete as world-class tourist destinations. In addition, we will continue to work 
closely with governments at all levels and our other stakeholders.

On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Crown’s employees and management 
for their valued contributions during 2013. I would also like to thank you for your 
continued support and interest as a shareholder of Crown Limited.

Yours faithfully,

James Packer
Chairman
Crown Limited

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

1

Hotels

2

Crown’s integrated resorts offer premium and luxury accommodation in all of 
our world-class hotels, with facilities that include swimming pools, gyms, tennis 
courts, and day spas. This year we provided over one million guest nights, 
delivering impeccable service to our local, state and international guests.

Dining

From some of the most awarded restaurants in Australia through to casual 
food court offerings and cafés, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are each 
renowned for their range of cuisines and dining options. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

3

Gaming

Both Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth have 
luxurious world-class VIP salons and a vibrant 
and exciting main gaming floor, offering customers 
a range of gaming experiences. 

Entertainment

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth host a variety of 
musicals, plays, ballets, rock concerts, comedy acts and 
other entertainment across a range of excellent venues.

4

Shopping

Whether guests are looking for the latest fashion 
clothing and accessories, or luxury items from 
Louis Vuitton, Prada, Burberry, Bvlgari, Versace 
and other leading designers, Crown offers the 
perfect shopping experience. 

Events

Crown hosts an extraordinary range of occasions, from 
intimate meetings to large-scale corporate conferences, 
gala events and weddings.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

5

Our goal is to 
create integrated 
resorts capable 
of competing 
with the best in 
the Asian region.

6

100% owned

(cid:129)  Crown Melbourne operates 2,500 gaming machines 

and has approval to operate 500 table games.

(cid:129)  Crown Towers Melbourne hotel has 481 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Metropol Melbourne hotel has 658 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Promenade Melbourne hotel has 465 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Conference Centre has 7,350 square metres of 
conference and meeting facilities, across three floors.

(cid:129)  Banqueting facilities include the Palladium’s 1,500-seat 

ballroom and the Palms’ 900-seat cabaret venue.

(cid:129)  A broad selection of restaurants and bars are provided 

in the resort, including many of Melbourne’s finest.

(cid:129)  Crown Melbourne’s retail precinct includes internationally 

renowned designer boutiques and retail outlets.

(cid:129)  Entertainment facilities include a multi-screen 

cinema complex, a bowling alley, and an interactive 
entertainment auditorium.

(cid:129)  Crown Melbourne has two luxurious day spas.

100% owned

33.7% interest in Melco Crown Entertainment

(cid:129)  Crown Perth has approval to operate 2,100 gaming 

machines and 245 table games.

(cid:129)  Crown Metropol Perth hotel has 395 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Promenade Perth hotel has 291 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Crown Towers Perth hotel will have approximately 
500 guest rooms and will be completed in 2016.

(cid:129)  Crown Perth’s large-scale entertainment facilities include 

CITY OF DREAMS
(cid:129)  City of Dreams operates more than 1,580 gaming 
machines and approximately 450 table games.

(cid:129)  Crown Towers Macau hotel has approximately 

300 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Hard Rock hotel has approximately 300 guest rooms.

(cid:129)  Grand Hyatt hotel has approximately 800 guest rooms.

the 2,300-seat Crown Theatre Perth.

(cid:129)  City of Dreams has more than 20 restaurants and bars.

(cid:129)  World-class convention and event facilities are available.

(cid:129)  The resort has a range of retail options.

(cid:129)  A broad selection of restaurants and bars are provided 

in the resort, including some of Perth’s best.

(cid:129)  City of Dreams hosts Franco Dragone’s iconic and 
spectacular show ‘The House of Dancing Water’.

(cid:129)  Crown Perth also has a luxury day spa and retail outlets.

(cid:129)  Other key attractions include The Bubble audio-visual 

experience and Club Cubic.

ALTIRA
(cid:129)  The casino and hotel feature approximately 170 table 

games and approximately 200 guest rooms.

MOCHA CLUBS
(cid:129)  The Mocha Clubs are a network of gaming lounges, 

with approximately 1,600 gaming machines.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

7

Chief Executive Officer’s Report

“The extensive capital expenditure program has ensured 
Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are world-class 
resorts, capable of competing with the best in the Asian 
region. Both resorts offer unsurpassed service, six-star 
luxury and a variety of entertainment experiences 
– a unique combination that underpins the strength 
of Crown’s leading global luxury brand.”
Rowen Craigie  Chief Executive Officer  Crown Limited

Overview
Crown reported a normalised1 net profit after tax (NPAT) of 
$473.2 million for the 12 months ended 30 June 2013. Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth achieved normalised EBITDA 
growth of 6.9% and normalised revenue growth of 5.6%. 
Crown’s operating cash flow was $496.2 million for the 
12 months, and net debt, excluding working capital cash, 
was $1,548.3 million at 30 June 2013.

Performance for the year ended 
30 June 2013
Normalised revenue1
Normalised expenditure1
Normalised EBITDA2
Normalised EBIT3
Normalised net profit after 
tax before significant items
Reported net profit after tax 
before significant items
Significant items4
Reported net profit after tax

$m
2,894.4
(2,136.1)
758.3
520.2

473.2

491.0
(95.2)
395.8

Crown sold its shareholding in Echo Entertainment Limited 
(Echo) in May 2013. This resulted in an after tax loss of 
$69.6 million which has been reported as a significant item.

The results from our Macau joint venture, Melco Crown 
Entertainment, were strong, particularly in the premium mass 
market segment, and were a major contributor to the growth 
in Crown’s normalised NPAT. 

Development Update
This has been a significant year for Crown. Crown Melbourne 
has reached the end of its seven-year, $1.5 billion expansion 
and upgrade. Property-wide projects have included the 
addition of the luxurious Crown Metropol Melbourne (the 
largest hotel in Australia), the expansion and redevelopment 
of Crown Melbourne’s world-class gaming facilities, the 
upgrading of the existing hotel facilities, and the enhancement 
of the retail, dining and entertainment experience. 

In addition, with a property-wide refurbishment and 
expansion, the rebranding of Crown Perth from Burswood 
was completed in September 2012. This milestone signifies 
the transformation of the resort and enables it to leverage 
off the internationally recognisable Crown brand, firmly 
establishing Crown Perth’s ability to compete successfully 
in the international tourism market.

Crown Perth’s offering will be further enhanced with 
the addition of Crown Towers Perth. Due to open in 2016, 
Crown Towers Perth will be a 500-room six-star luxury 
hotel with VIP gaming salons, restaurants, bars, resort 
and convention facilities. 

This extensive capital expenditure program has ensured 
Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are world-class resorts, 
capable of competing with the best in the Asian region. 
Both resorts offer unsurpassed service, six-star luxury and a 
variety of entertainment experiences – a unique combination 
that underpins the strength of Crown’s leading global luxury 
brand. This investment in growth capital is progressively 
delivering benefits and is expected to be earnings and value 
accretive for shareholders. 
Australian Integrated Resorts
Overall, the results for Crown’s wholly-owned Australian 
resorts, Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, were mixed, 
as we continue to see evidence of weak consumer sentiment, 
particularly in Melbourne. Cost control continues to be a 
focus at both resorts. Normalised EBITDA was up 7.1% 
in Crown Melbourne and up 6.4% in Crown Perth. Across 
the two resorts, main floor gaming revenue grew by 3.6%, 
VIP program play turnover grew by 7.8%, and non-gaming 
revenue grew by 8.1%. 

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was 
$546.7 million, up 7.1% on the prior corresponding period 
(pcp). Reported EBITDA for the period was $547.1 million, 
down 3.0% or $17.1 million on the pcp. This reflected a win 
rate of 1.36% which generated a positive EBITDA variance 
of $0.4 million, compared to a positive EBITDA variance 
of $53.6 million in the pcp when the win rate was 1.50%.

1  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play and significant items.
2  Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation.
3  Normalised earnings before interest and tax.
4  Relates to the loss on disposal of Crown’s investment in Echo, a loss of $69.6 million net of tax, and Crown’s share of MCE’s development 

and refinancing costs of $25.6 million.

8

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $240.8 million, 
up 6.4% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA for the period was 
$240.8 million, down 11.1% or $30.1 million on the pcp. 
The win rate in the pcp was 1.84% which resulted in a positive 
EBITDA variance of $44.6 million.

To further optimise the synergies and performance of our two 
Australian resorts, Crown recently created the position of 
Chief Executive Officer Australian Resorts. Barry Felstead, 
who had been Chief Executive Officer of Crown Perth, was 
appointed to that position.
Crown Sydney Hotel Resort Proposal
In July 2013, the New South Wales Government invited 
Crown to advance to Stage Three of the Unsolicited 
Proposal process for Crown’s proposed development 
and operation of a six-star hotel resort at Barangaroo 
South on Sydney Harbour.

The proposed Crown Sydney Hotel Resort will include 
world-class VIP gaming facilities, 350 hotel rooms and 
suites, luxury apartments, signature restaurants, bars, luxury 
retail outlets, pool and spa facilities and conference rooms. 
Crown is working with the New South Wales Government 
as part of Stage Three of the Unsolicited Proposal process.
Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE)
Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised NPAT result for the 
full year to 30 June 2013 was an equity accounted profit 
of $152.3 million, after adjusting for an above theoretical 
win rate. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result before 
significant items for the full year to June 2013 was an 
equity accounted profit of $175.0 million.

MCE incurred costs in respect of debt refinancing and costs 
associated with the Studio City and Philippines development 
projects. Crown’s share of these costs was $25.6 million 
which has been reported as a significant item.

The growth in MCE’s EBITDA was achieved despite an overall 
subdued performance in the Macau VIP market and was 
attributable to strong growth in the mass market table games 
segment at City of Dreams and improved group-wide rolling 
chip volume, together with MCE’s committed cost control 

culture. City of Dreams again increased its market share 
in the mass market table games segment and achieved 
market-leading mass table yields, which is increasingly 
important in a table supply constrained market.

Studio City, in which MCE has a 60% equity interest, 
is on budget and on track and due to open in mid-2015. 
In addition, MCE is moving forward with the fifth hotel tower 
at City of Dreams and anticipates construction to commence 
by the end of 2013. As well, MCE, through its 69.3% owned 
subsidiary, Melco Crown (Philippines) Resorts Corporation, 
has an interest in a consortium to develop and operate 
an integrated resort in Manila, the Philippines. The resort 
is expected to open in the middle of 2014. 

These exciting development opportunities are key 
components of MCE’s strategy to diversify its revenue 
streams, maximise return on invested capital and drive 
long-term shareholder value.
Conclusion
Crown remains focussed on optimising the performance 
of our Australian resorts, and our comprehensive review 
of back of house and front of house operational efficiency 
will continue. We will manage the Crown Towers Perth 
development and construction and complete the final 
stages of the remaining capital expenditure projects. 
As well, management will continue to progress the 
Crown Sydney Hotel Resort proposal.

We will also continue to work closely with MCE to further 
build the value of MCE’s Macau businesses. 

I would like to sincerely thank the Board for its support, 
and all employees and management for their efforts in 2013.

Rowen Craigie

Chief Executive Officer

FIGURE 1
10 YEAR CROWN MELBOURNE NORMALISED 
REVENUE AND EBITDA PERFORMANCE

FIGURE 2
10 YEAR CROWN PERTH NORMALISED 
REVENUE AND EBITDA PERFORMANCE

m
$
A
D
T
B
E
d
e
s

I

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

2000

1750

1500

1250

1000

750

500

250

0

m
$

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

m
$
A
D
T
B
E
d
e
s

I

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

FY04

FY05

FY06

FY07

FY08

FY09

FY10

FY11

FY12

FY13

900

720

540

360

180

0

m
$

e
u
n
e
v
e
R
d
e
s

i
l

a
m
r
o
N

Normalised EBITDA 

Normalised 
Revenue

Normalised EBITDA 

Normalised 
Revenue

Figures 1 and 2 show a year by year comparison of the normalised revenue and EBITDA at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth respectively.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Crown’s Australian Resorts

“The quality of Crown Melbourne’s seven-year, 
$1.5 billion capital works program has reinforced 
its position as a leading integrated resort, while 
providing considerable benefits to the Australian 
and Victorian tourism industries.”

Barry Felstead  Chief Executive Officer  Australian Resorts

CROWN MELBOURNE

Overview
Crown Melbourne is Australia’s leading 
integrated resort. The dynamic and 
diverse complex, covering more than 
550,000 square metres, includes luxury 
accommodation in its three hotels, 
world-class dining, a variety of retail 
options, the Palladium ballroom, 
outstanding conference facilities and 
vibrant gaming and entertainment 
options, making it one of Australia’s 
most visited tourist attractions. 
Supporting this extensive offering 
is a workforce of approximately 8,800 
people, making Crown Melbourne 
Victoria’s largest single-site private 
sector employer.

In recognition of our commitment to 
the professional development of our 
employees, Crown Melbourne was 
awarded the 2013 Victorian Employer 
of the Year award, at the prestigious 
Victorian Government Training Awards. 
This is a remarkable achievement that 

follows Crown Melbourne winning the 
same award in 2010. Crown Melbourne 
is now a finalist in the Australian Employer 
of the Year awards which we also won 
in 2010.

In this financial year, normalised 
EBITDA grew by 7.1% and normalised 
revenue grew by 4.0%. In response 
to the weak consumer sentiment in 
Melbourne and low revenue growth 
in main floor gaming, Crown Melbourne 
has continued its comprehensive 
review of back of house costs and 
front of house operational efficiency. 
Main gaming floor revenue grew by 0.9% 
for the year to $1,000.8 million and 
normalised VIP program play revenue 
increased by 9.2% to $525.2 million 
on turnover of $38.9 billion. Non-gaming 
revenue grew 5.4% to $392.1 million. 

Property Update
The quality of the refurbishment 
and expansion program undertaken 

at Crown Melbourne has reinforced 
its position as a leading integrated 
resort, amongst the best in the world, 
while providing considerable benefits 
to the Australian and Victorian 
tourism industries. 

The main gaming floor refurbishment, 
completed in August this year, was the 
final project of Crown Melbourne’s 
resort-wide upgrade. The 15-month 
refurbishment program has added a 
new level of vibrancy to the property 
and the changes have been well 
received by customers.

The luxury experience of Crown Towers 
Melbourne was enhanced with the 
extensive refurbishment and upgrade 
of the award-winning spa, which 
was completed in September 2012. 

Crown Melbourne’s world-class dining 
options were enriched with a number 
of additions this year. These included 
Neil Perry’s Rosetta, an architecturally 
impressive restaurant on Crown’s 

Left to right: Mahogany Room, Crown Melbourne; Bistro Guillaume, Crown Melbourne; 
Nobu, Crown Melbourne; Crown Towers Melbourne, Crown Melbourne.

10

Riverfront, which provides guests 
with the option of the luxurious dining 
room or the heated alfresco terrace. 
As well, two new restaurants, Jimbo 
& Rex and Man Tong Kitchen, were 
opened in The West End, and the 
casual Japanese cafe, Gochi, was 
opened in the retail precinct.

Ensuring the quality of Crown 
Melbourne’s offering across the entire 
complex, improvements were made to 
the public Riverside space, including 
the upgrade of outside seating, lighting 
and landscaping.

Crown Melbourne’s retail offering also 
expanded this year with the addition 
of new luxury outlets, complementing 
the already extensive high-end 
retail offerings.

Local Gaming and Crown 
Signature Club
An upgrade to the look and feel of the 
entire Crown Melbourne main gaming 
floor was completed in August 2013. 
As well as refreshing the entrances, 
the upgrade included the refurbishment 
of the popular Jackpot Bar, the 
remodelling of Velvet Bar, and the 
extensive expansion and refurbishment 
of the popular restaurant Margo’s 
which is now a 24-hour restaurant, 
bar and café.

In partnership with Caesar’s 
Entertainment, Crown Melbourne 
hosted Australasia’s first World Series 
Poker Championship. Customer 
response was overwhelmingly positive, 
cementing Crown as Australia’s leading 
venue for major poker tournaments. 

The Crown Signature Club loyalty 
program is continuing to grow in 
popularity, and this year set a record 
for new memberships. Some of the 
benefits provided to members and 
their guests included invitations to the 
Spring Racing Carnival, the Australian 
Open Tennis Championships and the 
Grand Prix.

VIP Program Play 
VIP Program Play turnover for the year 
was $38.9 billion, an increase of 9.2% 
on the previous year. Customers from 
China are still the driving force behind 
the strong growth, and there has 
been an improvement in business 
from South East Asia.

Hotels, Conferences 
and Retail
With over 1,600 world-class guest 
rooms, Crown Melbourne’s hotels 
provided over 800,000 guest nights 
this year, which is an 8% increase 
on the previous financial year. As 
industry-leading properties, each 
one of Crown Melbourne’s three 
hotels has again been recognised 
as the pre-eminent hotel in its 
respective class, each receiving 
several prestigious awards. 

The opulent six-star Crown Towers 
Melbourne was awarded the 2013 
Gourmet Traveller Readers’ Choice 
Award for Best Large Luxury Hotel, 
as well as the 2013 Asia Pacific 
Hotel Awards Best Hotel in Australia, 
indicating that guests and tourism 
industry participants believe that 
Crown Towers Melbourne provides 

the most outstanding service and luxury 
accommodation offering in Australia. 

Crown Metropol Melbourne received 
two significant awards: the 2012 
Victorian Tourism Award for Luxury 
Accommodation (for the second 
consecutive year), and the 2012 Hotel 
Management Award for Best Hotel – 
Upper Upscale Hotel. 

As well, Crown Promenade 
Melbourne was the 2012 winner 
of the Superior Accommodation Hotel 
of the Year category of the Tourism 
Accommodation Australia (Victoria) 
State Awards for Excellence.

Crown Melbourne’s improved spa 
offering has been well received by 
guests, particularly the new aqua 
retreat areas and the range of 
specialised treatments available at 
the Spa at Crown Towers Melbourne. 
Each pampering area now includes a 
dedicated aqua retreat with Hamman 
and vitality pool, and there is also 
a hair and beauty area, a manicure 
and pedicure area and indulgence 
treatment rooms. The ultra-luxurious 
and state-of-the-art facilities offer 
guests the ultimate spa experience.

The Conference Centre continues 
to be a popular choice for local and 
international companies seeking 
competitive conference packages 
in well-managed conference facilities 
of world-class quality. This year, 
the Conference Centre hosted over 
500 events.

Crown Melbourne’s retail precinct 
was enhanced with the opening of 
three new luxury brands – Hugo Boss, 
IM Lingerie and Paspaley.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

11

CROWN MELBOURNE CONTINUED

Restaurants and Bars
Crown Melbourne’s quality dining 
offering was again expanded this 
year. With the opening of Neil Perry’s 
exclusive Italian restaurant, Rosetta, 
and several additions to the food court 
and The West End, there are options 
for every Crown Melbourne customer.

This year, The West End’s restaurants 
were expanded to include Jimbo 
& Rex, with its contemporary pub 
menu, and Man Tong Kitchen, offering 
authentic Chinese cuisine, and both 
have proven to be very popular. 
A more casual Japanese option, 
Gochi, was also recently opened. 

The popular Margo’s on the main 
gaming floor underwent a complete 
renovation, and re-opened in June 2013 
with an increased seating capacity 
and over 80 international menu items. 
Other openings, following the main 
gaming floor refurbishment, included 
the new Velvet Bar and the expanded 
and upgraded Las Vegas Bar.

As in past years, Crown Melbourne’s 
restaurants and bars have received 
numerous awards. Three of our 
restaurants received awards in the 
2012 Restaurant & Catering Victoria 
Awards for Excellence: Conservatory 
was awarded Best New Restaurant; 
Nobu was awarded Best Modern 
Asian Restaurant; and Silks was 
awarded Best Chinese Restaurant. 
Rockpool Bar & Grill, Rosetta and 
Spice Temple were all awarded two 
hats in the 2014 Age Good Food Guide 
Awards, while Bistro Guillaume was 
awarded one hat. Five other Crown 
Melbourne restaurants also feature 
in the guide: The Atlantic, Koko, 
Mr Hive, Nobu and Silks. 

Crown Melbourne continues to receive 
prestigious awards for its professional 
development and training programs. 
The Commercial Cookery program, 
which operates in Crown Melbourne’s 
training restaurant, was awarded the 
2012 Victorian Employer Award for 
Apprentice Development in the Victorian 
Training Awards, and was a finalist 
in the 2013 award. The program 
also won both the Australian and 
Victorian 2012 George Mure Memorial 
Professional Development Awards.

With a strong focus on ensuring a 
safe and pleasant environment for 
all customers and employees, Crown 
Melbourne takes its responsibilities 
in the provision of Responsible Service 
of Alcohol (RSA) very seriously. With 
a dedicated team of RSA officers 
working closely with Security, and 
relevant training programs delivered 
to all employees, we continue to be 
a leader in RSA best practice within 
our industry.

Entertainment and Events
This year, over 570 organisations 
booked nearly 2,000 events at Crown 
Melbourne, at venues that included 
Palladium, River Room, Garden Room 
and Studio 3.

As in past years, the Palladium 
ballroom hosted some of Australia’s 
most memorable events, including the 
TV Week Logie Awards and the AFL 
Brownlow Medal, which was attended 
by over 900 guests and televised live 
nationally. Some of the key charitable 
events hosted at Crown Melbourne 
included the My Room Ball, Starry 
Starry Night and the Epworth Medical 
Foundation Dinner.

During Victoria’s annual Spring Racing 
Carnival, the Palladium was home 
to a number of Victoria Racing Club’s 
official events, including the Crown 
Oaks Club Ladies Luncheon and the 
Call of the Card.

The Palms continued to host a diverse 
range of artists to entertain guests 
of all ages and interests. Some of 
this year’s key events included 
performances by Cosentino, 
Ricki-Lee, Icehouse and Empire.

The two nightclubs at Crown Melbourne, 
Co. and Fusion, both continued to 
showcase contemporary Australian 
artists that included Stan Walker, 
Havana Brown, Justice Crew, 
Hed Kandi, the Stafford Brothers 
and Timomatic.

Crown Melbourne again participated 
as a partner in the Melbourne Food 
and Wine Festival held at the Royal 
Exhibition Building. Crown chefs 
prepared a three-course meal for 
over 1,000 guests at the Gala Dinner, 
which is always the most prestigious 
event in the festival’s program.

Other major events held at Crown 
Melbourne this year included: the 
VMC Community Event, the 2013 
Diamonds are a Girl’s Best Friend 
Dinner, the 12WBT Finale Cocktail 
Party, and the very popular 
Spiegeltent on the Crown rooftop.

Left to right: Atrium Bar, Crown Melbourne; The Conservatory, 
Crown Melbourne; Crown Perth; Nobu, Crown Perth.

12

“This year has been a milestone with the 
rebranding of Crown Perth from Burswood 
following the resort-wide refurbishment 
and expansion. Crown Perth’s revitalised 
offerings have added a new dimension 
to Perth’s tourism offering.”

Barry Felstead  Chief Executive Officer  Australian Resorts

CROWN PERTH

Overview
This year has been a milestone for 
Crown Perth. After a significant 
resort-wide refurbishment and 
expansion, the rebranding of Crown 
Perth from Burswood occurred in 
September 2012. Now providing the 
quality associated with the Crown 
brand, Crown Perth is able to leverage 
off the internationally recognised Crown 
name and is able to compete with the 
world’s leading integrated resorts.

Crown Perth’s revitalised offerings – 
including luxury hotel rooms, high-end 
restaurants and bars, gaming facilities, 
convention centre, spa and spectacular 
resort pool area – add a new dimension 
to Perth’s tourist offering. 

Receiving millions of visitors a year, 
Crown Perth is one of Western Australia’s 
most visited tourist destinations and 
the state’s largest single-site employer 
with a workforce of approximately 
6,100 employees.

In this financial year, normalised 
EBITDA grew by 6.4% and normalised 
revenue grew by 9.3%. EBITDA growth 
was less than revenue growth due in 
part to some one-off costs, including 
costs associated with the rebranding 
of the property.

Main gaming floor revenue grew by 9.7% 
for the year to $483.5 million. Normalised 
VIP program play revenue increased 
by 3.3% to $159.4 million on turnover 
of $11.8 billion. Non-gaming revenue 
grew by 13.3% to $215.3 million.

In August 2012, Crown again 
demonstrated its long-term commitment 
to Australian tourism, with the decision 
to develop a new six-star hotel, Crown 
Towers Perth. The 500-room luxury 
hotel will add to the quality hotel 
accommodation already available 
at Crown Perth, further improving the 
resort’s ability to attract its share 
of the international tourism market. 

Property Update

The extensive capital expenditure 
program undertaken at Crown Perth 
has reinvigorated the resort. The 
transformation of the resort has been 
all-encompassing, and developments 
have included the addition of Crown 
Metropol Perth’s expansive resort 
swimming pool, internationally acclaimed 
restaurants such as Rockpool Bar & 
Grill, Bistro Guillaume, and Nobu, the 
upgrade of existing accommodation 
to five and six-star standard, improved 
conference and meeting facilities, 
and renovated gaming areas.

The expansion of the main gaming 
floor was completed this year, 
delivering a gaming space in line with 
Crown’s world-class standards and able 
to accommodate new gaming product.

The selection of dining options 
at the resort has also expanded. 
Accompanying the main gaming floor 
refurbishment was the opening of three 
new restaurants and two new bars.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

13

CROWN PERTH CONTINUED

Bistro Guillaume was opened in 
September 2012 and, taking advantage 
of the views over the new pool areas, 
it offers a casual elegance. The Atrium 
buffet which was re-opened in October 
2012, following the expansion to provide 
additional seating now offers Perth’s 
quintessential buffet dining experience. 

The addition of La Vie, an intimate 
champagne bar, has been particularly 
well received.

The extensive upgrade to all the guest 
rooms at Crown Metropol Perth was 
completed in November 2012, and 
includes an upgrade to the Infinity 
Suite, a luxury six-star accommodation 
offering that was completed in July 2012. 
The Club Lounge was also refurbished 
into a sophisticated executive lounge 
with reception, buffet, dining area, 
lounge area, library, kitchen and 
outdoor terrace.

Work is continuing on the expansion 
of the multi-storey car park. Due to be 
completed in 2014, the expansion will 
provide an additional 1,520 parking 
bays and the flexible access points will 
improve accessibility to Crown Perth.

Crown Towers Perth
Expected to be completed in 2016, 
Crown Towers Perth will be the largest 
hotel in Perth, providing six-star 
accommodation to domestic and 
international visitors. Crown Towers 
Perth will also include resort and 
convention facilities as well as premium 
restaurants and bars, making it a 
significant addition to Crown Perth 
and reinforcing Crown Perth’s status 
as a world-class integrated resort.

Local Gaming
The growth in revenue from Crown 
Perth’s main gaming floor was 
predominantly a result of the area’s 
refurbishment and expansion, and 
the increase in gaming product. The 
re-branding and associated marketing 
increased visitation to the resort, which 
also contributed to this revenue growth.

VIP Program Play
The reinvigorated VIP facilities at Crown 
Perth, combined with the rebranding 
of the resort makes the VIP offering 
instantly recognisable as part of the 
Crown brand. Crown Perth is now 
well positioned to compete with the 
integrated resorts of South East Asia.

Hotels
This year, Crown Perth’s two hotels 
provided almost 320,000 guest nights, 
as Crown Metropol Perth cemented 
its position as the leading luxury hotel 
in Perth. 

Crown Metropol Perth again received 
several prestigious awards, including 
the Best Gaming Space and Best 
Resort Pool at the 2012 HOSPY Awards 
held in Las Vegas, and Best Hotel 
Renovation for the Asia Pacific region 
at the International Hotel Awards – 
Asia Pacific. The hotel was also 
recognised with a 2013 Certificate of 
Excellence from TripAdvisor, placing 
Crown Metropol Perth in TripAdvisor’s 
top 10% of all accommodation 
providers worldwide.

The upgrade of Crown Metropol Perth’s 
guest rooms addressed every element 

of each room, resulting in a luxurious 
accommodation experience. 

Attesting to the quality of the 
refurbishment was Crown Metropol 
Perth’s success at the Australian 
Hotels Association (AHA) 2013 
ME Bank WA Accommodation 
Industry Awards. Crown Metropol 
Perth received the Redeveloped 
Accommodation Hotel Award, the 
Deluxe Accommodation Award and 
the Resort Style Accommodation 
Award. Crown Promenade Perth 
was a finalist in the Superior 
Accommodation Award category.

Restaurants and Bars
Esteemed chef, Guillaume Brahimi, 
opened his Crown Perth restaurant, 
Bistro Guillaume, in September 2012. 
Offering a classic French bistro 
menu, the world-class restaurant 
has been well received by customers. 
Another high-end opening was that 
of champagne bar La Vie, located in 
the lobby at Crown Metropol Perth, 
its luxurious furnishings and beverages 
proving to be popular with customers. 
As well, the Atrium Buffet and Lobby 
Lounge were re-opened following 
extensive refurbishments.

With the refurbishment of the main 
gaming floor, several new food and 
beverage outlets were opened, including 
the entertainment venue Groove Bar 
& Lounge, the café Cotta, and the bar 
Fusion. Other openings included the 
Junction Grill, offering a menu of classic 
favourites, and The Merrywell, a gastro 
pub with a diverse range of American 
influenced dishes. The Merrywell has 

Left to right: Infinity Suite Crown Metropol Perth, Crown Perth; VIP Mansion swimming pool, Crown Perth; 
Sky Salon terrace, Crown Metropol Perth, Crown Perth; La Vie, Crown Metropol Perth, Crown Perth.

14

already won ‘WA’s Best Steak Sandwich’ 
at the AHA’s 2013 Metropolitan Steak 
Sandwich Competition.

The quality of Crown Perth’s restaurants 
and bars has been recognised by 
several industry awards, including 
the School/Community Partnership 
Training Award at the AHA Aon Hotel 
and Hospitality Awards for Excellence. 
Crown Perth achieved certification to 
ISO 22000 and three HACCP standards 
in February 2013, confirming the 
emphasis we place on food safety.

This year, four of Crown Perth’s 
premium restaurants have received 
prestigious accolades. Neil Perry’s 
Rockpool Bar & Grill won two stars in 
The West Australian Good Food Guide 
2013, and two stars in the Australian 
Gourmet Traveller Restaurant Awards 
2013. Bistro Guillaume was named 
the winner of the Restaurant within 
an Accommodation Hotel Award 
at the AHA 2013 ME Bank WA 
Accommodation Industry Awards. 
Nobu was awarded one star in The 
West Australian Good Food Guide 
2013 and won Best Asian Restaurant 
at the Restaurant & Catering HOSTPLUS 
Awards for Excellence. As well, Modo 
Mio won Best Italian Restaurant 
(Formal) at the Restaurant & Catering 
HOSTPLUS Awards for Excellence, 
and the quality seal ‘Ospitalita’ award 
from the Italian Chamber of Commerce. 

Two of our chefs also received 
recognition in highly regarded 
competitions: Michael Hull was 
the winner of the WA Chaine des 
Rôtisseurs Jeunes Commis Competition 
in April 2013; and Modo Mio Chef 

de Cuisine, Andrea Tranchero, was 
successful in reaching the semi-finals 
in the Pasta World Championships 
in Italy in June 2013.

Crown Perth hosted a number of 
special events and dining experiences 
during the year. These included an 
exclusive champagne tasting event at 
Bistro Guillaume hosted by Champagne 
house Château Latour.

Crown’s premium Chinese 
restaurant, Silks, opened in August 
2013, bringing a fine Chinese dining 
experience to Crown Perth customers 
with its selection of authentic multi-
regional dishes.

Crown Perth’s restaurants and 
bars continue to focus on RSA. As a 
responsible industry participant, Crown 
Perth has developed comprehensive 
RSA policies and practices that help to 
ensure that all guests and employees 
enjoy a safe and pleasant environment.

Crown Perth was inducted into the 
AHA Western Australia’s Hall of Fame 
for its success in winning the RSA 
Award three years in a row.

Entertainment and Events
The re-branding of Crown Perth and 
the associated marketing considerably 
increased the resort’s public profile, 
resulting in a renewed interest in Crown 
Perth’s function and event offerings. 
This coincided with the completion 
of the refurbishment of pre-function 
areas, resulting in additional meeting 
space and an upgraded area in which 
to conduct VIP pre-function events. 

As well, there has been extensive interest 
in pre-booking the Crown Towers Perth 
event space for 2017–2019.

Major events this year included the 
Ronald McDonald House Charities 
Mercedes-Benz Ball, Western Australian 
Citizen of the Year Awards, Ernst 
& Young Entrepreneur of the Year 
Award, Sandover Medal, Australian 
Rheumatology Conference and the 
ALTA Conference. Crown Perth also 
sponsored many local events, cultural 
activities and other community-based 
programs, including Artitude by 
Crown Perth (an annual art exhibition 
benefitting the Telethon Speech & 
Hearing Centre), Boobalicious Ball 
(benefitting the Breast Cancer 
Foundation) and The Op Shop Ball 
(benefitting Anglicare WA).

Crown Theatre has again enjoyed 
a successful year with long-running 
seasons of Annie, A Chorus Line and 
Jersey Boys. Other performances 
were held by The Australian Ballet, 
Cosentino, Ronan Keating and Guy 
Sebastian, along with comedians 
Wayne Brady, Dave Hughes and 
the ever-popular Barry Humphries.

The Dome hosted its final shows in 
September 2012, prior to the opening of 
Perth Arena in November 2012. Since 
opening 26 years ago, The Dome has 
had over 7.5 million attendances at 
hundreds of shows.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

15

Melco Crown Entertainment

“City of Dreams again 
increased its market 
share in the mass 
market table games 
segment and achieved 
market-leading mass 
table yields, which is 
increasingly important 
in a table supply 
constrained market.”

As at 30 June 2013, Crown held 
a 33.7% equity interest in Melco 
Crown Entertainment (MCE), a joint 
venture between Crown and Melco 
International Development Limited. 
MCE has a dual listing on the 
NASDAQ and the Stock Exchange 
of Hong Kong. 

In Macau, MCE has two premium 
properties (City of Dreams and Altira 
Macau), operates the Mocha Clubs, 
and has a 60% equity interest in Macau 
Studio City, an integrated resort project 
on Cotai. In the Philippines, MCE, 
through its 69.3% owned subsidiary, 
Melco Crown (Philippines) Resort 
Corporation (MCP), has an interest 
in a consortium that will develop and 
operate an integrated resort in Manila.

MCE reported strong results for 
the twelve months to 30 June 2013. 
Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised 
NPAT result for the full year to 30 June 
2013 was an equity accounted profit 
of $152.3 million, after adjusting for 
an above theoretical win rate. Crown’s 
share of MCE’s reported result before 
significant items for the full year 
to 30 June 2013 was an equity 
accounted profit of $175.0 million.

During the year, MCE issued a 
US$1.0 billion senior note offering 
at a 5.0% coupon, allowing MCE 
to, among other things, refinance 
MCE’s existing US$600 million 
10.25% senior notes. 

MCE incurred costs in respect of the 
debt refinance and costs associated 
with the Studio City and Philippines 
development projects. Crown’s share 
of these costs was $25.6 million which 
has been reported as a significant item.

The growth in MCE’s EBITDA was 
achieved despite an overall subdued 
performance in the Macau VIP market 
and was attributable to strong 
growth in the mass market table 
games segment at City of Dreams 
and improved group-wide rolling 
chip volume, together with MCE’s 
committed cost control culture. 
City of Dreams again increased its 
market share in the mass market 
table games segment and achieved 
market-leading mass table yields, 
which is increasingly important in 
a table supply constrained market.

MCE is moving forward with the fifth 
hotel tower at City of Dreams and 
anticipates construction to commence 
by the end of 2013. The addition of the 
fifth tower at City of Dreams represents 
a significant addition to the wide 
array of amenities and attractions 
that City of Dreams already offers 
its premium-mass and high-end 
customers, providing another tool 
to further extend its leading position 
in this key segment.

Studio City, in which MCE has 
a 60% equity interest, is MCE’s next 
integrated resort offering on Cotai, 
Macau. Upon completion, Studio 
City will include significant gaming 
capacity, five-star hotel offerings 
and various entertainment, retail and 
food and beverage outlets to attract 
a diverse range of customers. Studio 
City is designed to capture the 
increasingly important mass market 
segment, with its destination theming, 
unique and innovative interactive 
attractions, and strong Asian focus.

Top left: House of Dancing Water, City of Dreams 
All other images: City of Dreams, Macau

16

Macau Casino Map – Cotai

CHINA

CHINA

MACAU

TAIPA

COTAI

CHINA

HENGQIN
ISLAND

TAIPA

To Macau
International
Airport

Galaxy 
Macau I

Galaxy 
Macau II

Galaxy Macau
III & IV

Venetian 
Macau

City of
Dreams

Wynn

The Plaza 
Macau

Parisian 
Macau

Sands
Cotai
Central

MGM

SJM

Lotus
Bridge

SJM

Studio City

Immigration
Control Point

MCE properties

MCE properties under 
construction or pending 
construction permit

Properties currently 
operating

Properties under 
construction or pending 
construction permit

Phase 1 Macau 
Light Rail Transit
Stations

MCE believes that the location 
of Studio City, adjacent to the Lotus 
Bridge immigration checkpoint 
and one of the proposed light rail 
stations, in addition to its vast array 
of entertainment and leisure offerings, 
will create a key competitive advantage. 

Studio City is on budget and on track, 
due to open in mid-2015. The resort 
is expected to cost US$2.0 billion 
and is being financed through a 
US$1.4 billion senior secured facility 
and a US$825 million senior note 
offering, as well as committed equity 
from Studio City’s shareholders. 

MCE, through its interest in 
Melco Crown (Philippines) Resorts 
Corporation, is developing a casino, 
hotel, retail and entertainment 
complex in Manila, the Philippines. 
Located in Entertainment City, 
Manila, the site is close to Metro 
Manila’s international airport and 
central business districts. The resort 
is expected to open in the middle of 
2014 and will be one of the Philippines’ 
leading integrated tourism resorts in 
Entertainment City. 

Upon completion, and subject to 
final property design, the Philippines 
project is expected to have significant 
gaming space, hosting approximately 
1,450 electronic gaming machines 
and 240 gaming tables. The property 
will also feature six hotel towers with 
almost 1,000 rooms in aggregate, 
including VIP and five-star luxury 
rooms and high-end boutique hotel 
rooms. As well, there will be numerous 
specialty restaurants along with a 
number of bars and a multi-level 
car park.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

17

MELCO CROWN ENTERTAINMENT CONTINUED

The resort is expected to house three 
separate entertainment venues, a live 
performance central lounge within the 
casino and a night club within the 
Fortune Egg. The Fortune Egg is an 
attractive domelike structure, which 
will be accentuated with creative 
external lighting and is expected to 
become a centrepiece of the property. 

MCP’s net contribution towards the 
project up to the time of opening 
is estimated to be approximately 
US$620 million, consisting of funds 
primarily for capital expenditures, 
working capital for initial opening and 
other pre-opening expenses. This 
project will be financed by both debt 
financing and the capital generated by 
a public equity raising undertaken in 
April 2013, which raised approximately 
US$335 million. 

This project is expected to diversify 
MCE’s exposure to the rapidly 
developing Asian gaming and 
entertainment industry, enabling 
MCE to further participate in the 
growth in the Asian middle class 
and the increasing consumerism 
of this important target market.

MCE believes that its exciting 
development opportunities are 
key components of its strategy 
to diversify its revenue streams, 
maximise return on invested capital 
and drive long-term shareholder value.

Macau Market Update
In financial year 2013, Macau 
generated record gross gaming 
revenues of $40.9 billion, an increase 
of 11.8% from financial year 2012. The 
mass market table games segment 
continues to deliver above-market 
growth, increasing approximately 
27.3% on pcp. As a result of the 
strength in the mass market segments, 
the mass market table games and 
gaming machines segment contributed 
approximately 32.2% of total gross 
gaming revenue in financial year 2013, 
compared to approximately 28.3% 
in financial year 2012. MCE, through 
its substantial exposure to mass 
market segments, particularly through 
its flagship property City of Dreams 
and the upcoming Studio City project, 
is perfectly placed to take full advantage 
of this fast growing and increasingly 
important segment of the Macau market.

Tourism is a major driver of Macau’s 
economy. In the 12 months to June 2013, 
Macau welcomed approximately 
28.6 million visitors. Visitors from 
mainland China increased 5.4% in 
financial year 2013, compared to 
the pcp, and accounted for 61.8% 
of all visitors to Macau, compared to 
59.3% the previous year. Visitors from 
Hong Kong and Taiwan accounted 
for 24.3% and 3.6% respectively in 
financial year 2013.

Recognising the significance of 
tourism to its economy, Macau’s 
government has developed a 
comprehensive infrastructure plan 
which will enable it to cater to a wider 
spectrum of visitors, ultimately driving 
future growth. The plan ranges from 
local infrastructure improvements, 
including increasing the border gate 
checkpoint capacity to 500,000 
people per day, increasing airport 
capacity, improving ferry terminals 
and the light rail system, to regional 
infrastructure improvements aimed 
at reducing travel time to Macau, 
including the 50km Zhuhai-Macau 
Bridge, the Guangzhou-Zhuhai 
Intercity Mass Rapid Transit and the 
Guangzhou-Zhuhai Super Highway. 

The development of Hengqin Island, 
which is adjacent to Macau, is also part 
of the government’s infrastructure 
plan to support and grow Macau’s 
tourism industry. Hengqin Island has 
been designated a special economic 
zone under China’s 12th Five Year Plan 
on the basis of developing it into a 
regional leisure, tourism, commercial 
and cultural destination – an offering 
which, given its proximity to Macau, 
will further enhance Macau’s status 
as an attractive destination for tourists. 

The expansive infrastructure 
development plan, together with the 
wide-reaching Hengqin development 
blueprint, will further broaden Macau’s 
appeal and significantly improve 
visitors’ overall experience, thereby 
ensuring the long-term success of 
Macau as a world-class leisure and 
tourism destination.

Left page: Images of City of Dreams, Macau. 
Right page: Images of Crown Aspinall’s, London.

18

Crown Aspinall’s

Crown Aspinall’s, previously Aspinall’s 
Club, is a high-end London casino. 
It is one of only five licensed casinos 
in London’s prime West End 
entertainment district. Nestled in 
the heart of Mayfair, Crown Aspinall’s 
offers members and guests an exciting 
and opulent world of international VIP 
gaming, in an environment that only 
London can provide.

Normalised EBITDA from Crown 
Aspinall’s was $33.3 million. A below 
theoretical win rate generated 
a negative EBITDA variance of 
$6.8 million which resulted in a 
reported EBITDA of $26.5 million 
for the period.

Other Investments

Aspers Group

United Kingdom 
50.0% interest

Betfair

Australia 
50.0% interest

Cannery

United States 
24.5% interest

Echo

Crown holds a 50% equity interest in the Aspers Group, which currently operates 
four regional casinos in the United Kingdom, in Newcastle, Stratford, Milton 
Keynes and Northampton (the latter in a joint venture with Kerzner UK Limited). 
The Stratford casino is located within the new Westfield shopping complex, 
adjacent to the 2012 Olympic Games site. The casino in Milton Keynes opened 
in September 2013. Crown did not receive a distribution of any profits or recognise 
any earnings from Aspers Group during the period.

Crown has a 50% equity interest in Betfair, a joint venture company with Betfair 
UK (The Sporting Exchange Limited). Betfair is a betting exchange for customers 
who reside in Australia and New Zealand. Betfair does not operate retail 
premises, nor does it have an on-course presence: its services are exclusively 
provided via the internet or telephone. Crown’s equity accounted share of 
Betfair’s loss was $1.5 million.

Crown holds a 24.5% equity interest in Cannery which is based in the United 
States and has operations at The Meadows Racetrack & Casino in Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania, and Cannery Casino and East Side Cannery in Las Vegas, 
Nevada. Crown did not receive a distribution of any profits or recognise any 
earnings from Cannery during the period.

Crown sold its shareholding in Echo in May 2013. This resulted in an after tax 
loss of $69.6 million which has been reported as a significant item. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

19

Crown Sydney

In July 2013, the New South Wales 
Government invited Crown to move 
to Stage Three of the Unsolicited 
Proposal process for Crown’s proposed 
development and operation of an iconic 
six-star hotel resort, including VIP 
gaming facilities, at Barangaroo South.

Crown’s proposal for an iconic six-star 
hotel resort on Sydney Harbour aims 
to give Sydney a landmark hotel it 
can be proud of. It is widely accepted 
in the tourism sector that Sydney’s 
luxury hotels are not competitive with 
the best hotels in Asia, and the city 
is missing out on a valuable segment 
of the luxury tourist market.

In Crown’s view, Sydney has a 
significant opportunity, as Australia’s 
international gateway, to capitalise on 
the enormous growth in Asian tourism 
– particularly high net worth tourists 
from China. Crown believes that to 
realise this opportunity, Sydney needs 
a luxury hotel resort whose design, 
construction and operations are 
of world-class standard. 

The proposed Crown Sydney Hotel 
Resort will be the city’s first six-star 
hotel resort. Crown’s proposal includes 
350 hotel rooms and suites, luxury 
apartments, signature restaurants, 
bars, retail outlets, pool and spa 
facilities, conference rooms and 
VIP gaming facilities.

The ‘iconic’ status of the hotel resort 
will be assured through the appointment 
of Wilkinson Eyre, one of the world’s 
best architects, to design a landmark 
building that will be instantly recognisable 
around the world and will complement 
Sydney icons like the Sydney Harbour 
Bridge and the Sydney Opera House.

Under Crown’s proposal, the Crown 
Sydney Hotel Resort will deliver 
significant and unique benefits 
for the people of New South Wales, 
including increases to employment, 
business investment, export income, 
and Gross State Product.

Crown has the track record and 
experience to deliver something very 
special for Sydney-siders and visitors 
from interstate and overseas. Crown 
believes that the world-class Crown 
Sydney Hotel Resort will assist 
New South Wales to meet its tourism 
targets by attracting a larger share of 
the booming Asian outbound tourism 
market. Incorporating world-class VIP 
gaming into such a hotel resort will 
provide a further attraction to high net 
worth tourists from China and other 
Asian countries and will make the 
project commercially viable. 

Crown is currently working with the 
New South Wales Government as part 
of the Stage Three process.

Top Image: Sydney Harbour; Vertical image: Artist’s impression of Crown Sydney; 
Page 21: Artist’s impression of Crown Sydney.

20

“Sydney is one of the world’s great cities: 
it deserves one of the world’s great hotels. 
I want this building to be instantly recognisable 
around the world and feature on postcards 
and memorabilia promoting Sydney. That’s 
how you attract international tourists, create 
jobs and put Sydney on the map in Asia.” 

James Packer  Chairman  Crown Limited

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

21

Sustainability Report: Our People

As the largest single-site private sector 
employer in both Victoria and Western 
Australia, Crown understands the 
importance of recruiting, developing 
and retaining quality employees across 
all areas of the business. Approximately 
15,000 people come to work at our 
Australian resorts in more than 700 
different roles. Our total employment 
expenditure is more than $750 million.

As the first signatory of the Australian 
Employment Covenant (AEC), which 
supports the federal government’s 
‘Closing the Gap’ strategy, Crown is 
committed to providing sustainable 
employment to Indigenous Australians. 
Our Indigenous Employment Programs 
at both resorts continue to develop 
and implement programs that focus on 
achieving our AEC pledge to provide 
2,000 sustainable careers for Aboriginal 
and Torres Strait Islander Australians 
by 2020. 

Crown believes it can best support 
reconciliation and work towards ‘Closing 
the Gap’ by creating sustainable jobs 
for Indigenous Australians and 
supporting Indigenous businesses.

Crown recently announced a partnership 
with Reconciliation Australia and, 
in accordance with their guidelines, 
launched Crown’s first Reconciliation 
Action Plan (RAP). Building on the 
successful Indigenous employment and 
mentoring programs currently in place, 
the RAP will enable these programs 
to be more focussed on individual 
support and cultural awareness.

The RAP provides employees and 
others with an understanding of how 
we will work towards achieving our 

AEC pledge through our Indigenous 
Employment Programs, career 
pathways, professional development 
and contracting. 

At the launch of Crown’s RAP at 
Crown Melbourne, Dr Denis Napthine, 
the Premier of Victoria, said:

“This is a very positive and practical 
way forward towards true reconciliation 
with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander 
people. This plan will provide 2,000 
jobs across Crown, throughout Australia 
for people of Aboriginal and Torres 
Strait Islander background. This is a 
great opportunity for Aboriginal people.”

In recognition of Crown’s Indigenous 
program, we were the recipient of the 
Australian Business Award’s 2012 
Community Contribution award.

As in past years, Health and Safety 
Management training was delivered 
to key personnel, emphasising our 
commitment to safety management 
and awareness programs. These 
initiatives ensure ongoing legislative 
compliance, as well as the health and 
safety of our employees, contractors 
and visitors.

Both Crown Melbourne and Crown 
Perth remain committed to increasing 
and promoting the diversity of their 
workforce. Each property also has 
a Disability Employment Program 
which successfully places people 
with disabilities into a broad range 
of careers and provides appropriate 
training and support. The number 
of people employed under these 
programs is steadily increasing at 

both resorts, and we are planning 
further developments to ensure these 
programs continue to grow.

Crown Melbourne: 
Our People
Crown Melbourne is Victoria’s largest 
single-site private sector employer, with 
approximately 8,800 people working 
on site.

Over 250,000 hours of training were 
undertaken by Crown Melbourne 
employees in financial year 2013, and 
over 580 employees commenced 
accredited qualifications. Over 4,600 
apprentices and trainees have graduated 
from Crown College since its inception.

This year we have again received several 
awards that acknowledge Crown’s 
commitment to our employees. These 
awards include the 2013 Victorian 
Employer of the Year, awarded at the 
Victorian Government’s Training Awards, 
the 2012 Victorian Training Award in the 
Apprentice Development category, the 
Organisational and Staff Development 
award at the Learning and Technology 
Impacts Awards, and the Recommended 
Employer award at the 2012 Australian 
Business Awards. We were also a 
finalist in the Victorian Tourism’s Tourism 
Education and Training award.

Our Learning Pathways program aligns 
careers with qualifications within the 
Australian Qualifications Framework. 
We currently have more than 1,200 
employees, including supervisors 
and managers, completing one 
of the qualifications we offer. 

Left to right: Indigenous employees; a food and beverage trainee; apprentice chefs.

22

EMPLOYMENT HEADCOUNT AT CROWN RESORTS

15,000

12,000

9,000

6,000

3,000

0

14,940

14,437

13,817

13,112

13,199

12,650

11,587

10,925

10,065

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Employees

Tenancy

Contractors

Crown Melbourne has a strong 
Indigenous Employment Program 
that focusses on working towards 
achievement of Crown’s AEC pledge. 

Crown Melbourne provides support 
to our Indigenous employees outside 
of the workplace, assisting them in 
areas such as counselling, housing, 
relocation and any other issues that 
arise directly or indirectly as a result 
of their employment. 

This year, we have again won awards 
that recognise our commitment and 
achievements in the employment of 
Indigenous Australians, including the 
prestigious Australian Business Awards’ 
2012 Community Contribution Award. 

Crown Melbourne is proud of the 
success of its Disability Program, 
evidenced by a retention rate that 
is almost twice that of the national 
average. Crown Melbourne’s partnership 
with WISE has greatly enhanced and 
supported our commitment to disability 
employment. Crown Melbourne 
aims to increase the already strong 
contribution to the program from each 
business unit, by increasing knowledge, 
awareness and confidence in the area 
of disability employment.

This year, we introduced a new 
program, also in partnership with 
WISE, called Jobs in Jeopardy. 
This program identifies employees 
who have encountered an obstacle 
to ongoing employment, such as 
a disability or learning difficulty, 
or changed medical or personal 
circumstances. The aim of the 
program is to identify strategies, 
opportunities, and practical action 

that can help them resume their duties 
and potentially progress their career. 

Crown Melbourne has made significant 
improvements in key Health and Safety 
performance measures this year. In 
particular, we have strengthened our 
partnerships with a number of service 
providers who support our Injury 
Management philosophy, and 
established a Health and Safety 
Executive Steering Committee that 
oversees the mitigation of health 
and safety risks, and promotes 
best practice injury management. 

In May 2013, Crown Melbourne 
conducted a business-wide 
Employee Survey to collect and 
analyse employees’ views on all 
aspects of the business. The results 
of the survey have been collated and 
disseminated to management, and 
will be used to identify and address 
areas that will enhance Crown’s 
position as an employer of choice. 

Crown Perth: Our People
With approximately 6,100 people 
working on site, Crown Perth remains 
Western Australia’s largest single-site 
private sector employer. Crown Perth 
continues to implement successful 
recruitment strategies as well as a 
solid learning and development 
strategy that delivers talented 
and skilled employees.

Crown Perth’s recruitment 
requirements have continued to grow 
in line with the expansion of the resort. 
With the demand for labour in Western 
Australia continuing to be highly 
competitive, Recruitment developed 
several targetted strategies to maintain 

the strength of our employer brand 
and attract new employees who would 
meet business requirements. These 
strategies, along with the corporate 
advertising and rebranding of the resort, 
and continued enhancement of 
our profile in international markets, 
resulted in an unprecedented 
number of employment enquiries 
and applications. 

In 2013, approximately 154,000 hours 
of accredited and non-accredited 
training was delivered to Crown Perth 
employees, and we currently have 
50 apprentices and over 750 trainees 
completing nationally accredited training. 
As further demonstration of Crown 
Perth’s commitment to the professional 
development of our employees, we 
successfully applied to have our scope 
of registration expanded to include the 
Certificate IV in Hospitality (Supervision), 
which we began delivering this year.

Crown Perth’s Indigenous Employment 
Program continues to be successful 
and we are immensely proud of our 
contribution to Crown’s AEC pledge. 
More than 200 Indigenous Australians 
have entered employment at Crown 
Perth since the program began in 2009.

Crown Perth’s Disability Employment 
Program, established early in 2012, 
has this year been renamed to 
CROWNability. The program has been 
very successful, as we have greatly 
exceeded our targetted number of 
employees and achieved a very pleasing 
retention rate. Amongst the program’s 
several noteworthy achievements was 
the announcement that we were a 
finalist in the 2013 Australian Human 
Resources Institute’s Diversity Awards.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

23

Sustainability Report: Responsible Gaming

As a world leader in responsible 
gaming initiatives, we are proud 
of our long-standing commitment to 
responsible gaming. We continue to 
allocate significant resources to raising 
awareness of responsible gaming 
and to helping customers enjoy their 
gaming at Crown. This year, we have 
again developed and implemented 
a range of initiatives in this area. 

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth 
both have dedicated facilities that 
provide information, referral and 
other services 24 hours a day, seven 
days a week. Crown Melbourne’s 
Responsible Gaming Support Centre 
was the first of its kind in the world 
when it opened in 2002. Both Centres 
are staffed by specially trained 
employees, and provide brochures 
in English and other languages.

Our ongoing commitment to responsible 
gaming is further demonstrated by the 
work of the Crown Limited Responsible 
Gaming Board Committee which is 
chaired by Crown Director, Professor 
John Horvath. The Committee meets 
regularly to review and monitor the 
effectiveness of Crown’s responsible 
gaming programs. 

Crown employees complete training 
in responsible gaming that begins 
with their induction and continues 
throughout their employment at Crown. 
This education focusses on legislative 
compliance and Crown policies, 
observable signs that may indicate 
a customer may be experiencing 
difficulty, and how to direct the 
customer to appropriate support 

services provided by Crown. As such, 
this comprehensive training underpins 
Crown’s commitment to its responsible 
gaming programs.

Crown’s voluntary pre-commitment 
system, called the Play Safe Limit 
Program, operates at both resorts. 
Introduced at Crown Melbourne in 2003 
and Crown Perth in 2010, it enables 
Crown’s loyalty club members who 
play gaming machines and fully 
automated table games to select 
their own time and/or spend limit.

Crown’s Self-Exclusion Program, which 
is legally binding, allows customers to 
ban themselves from the gaming floors 
and is available at both resorts.

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth 
both have a Responsible Gambling 
Code of Conduct, specific to each 
resort. Copies are available on and 
around the gaming floors at Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth, and in 
numerous languages on our websites. 
The Codes are regularly reviewed 
and updated by Crown, and regularly 
reviewed by the relevant regulators.

Crown continues to adopt a pro-active 
and business-wide approach to 
responsible gaming, and remains 
actively involved with many community 
and government bodies. We are proud 
of our broad range of customer and 
employee programs and the availability 
and dissemination of information 
that promotes awareness of 
responsible gaming.

Crown Melbourne: 
Responsible Gaming
Crown Melbourne’s Responsible 
Gaming Support Centre is staffed 
by a dedicated Responsible Gaming 
team comprised of managers, 
Responsible Gaming Liaison Officers, 
psychologists and a chaplain. The 
Centre provides a range of specialised 
services for customers that include the 
Self-Exclusion Program, the Play Safe 
Limit Program, the Chaplaincy Support 
Service and individual counselling, 
as well as information and referral to 
government-funded support services.

The team works with several 
government and community bodies, 
including the Victorian Responsible 
Gambling Foundation and Gambler’s 
Help, and has a representative on the 
steering committee of the Responsible 
Gambling Awareness Week. The 
Responsible Gaming team also trains 
employees in responsible gaming 
policies and practices, which helps 
to communicate the importance of 
responsible gaming to individuals 
and the community.

Crown Melbourne has participated in 
each Responsible Gambling Awareness 
Week since its inception. This year, we 
hosted an event attended by players 
from the National Rugby League’s 
Melbourne Storm, players from Super 
Rugby’s Melbourne Rebels, numerous 
Crown employees and representatives 
from various community organisations, 
including Gambler’s Help. The General 
Manager Responsible Gaming spoke 

Left to right: Launch of Responsible Gambling Awareness Week, Crown Melbourne; Crown Perth Responsible Gaming Team; 
Players from the Melbourne Rebels and Melbourne Storm support Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gambling Awareness Week; 
Attendees at the launch of Crown Melbourne’s Responsible Gambling Awareness Week.

24

about Crown’s commitment to 
responsible gaming and our ‘Have 
you had a break?’ campaign, which 
encourages customers to gamble 
responsibly and take regular breaks.

The Centre again received a range of 
local, national and international visitors 
who work in responsible gambling, 
representatives from Gambler’s Help 
and other community groups who 
were keen to learn about the work 
conducted by the Centre.

As part of our whole-of-property 
approach to responsible service of 
gaming, we continued to increase the 
number of locations where we place 
customer information. For example, 
we have introduced a responsible 
gaming television channel in all Crown 
hotels, updated the responsible 
gaming information in restrooms and 
translated it into three other languages, 
and included responsible gaming 
information on the new Wayfinding 
Kiosks. The whole-of-property 
approach also ensures that our 
employees are aware of responsible 
gaming programs and compliance, 
and this year we updated our employee 
training programs and conducted the 
employee awareness campaign called 
‘Know your RG’. 

Further consolidating our reputation 
as a leader in responsible gaming, 
Crown Melbourne was this year 
invited to deliver a component of the 
University of Melbourne Law School’s 
inaugural and world-first unit of study 
called ‘Gambling, Policy and the Law’, 
as part of the university’s Masters in 
Law course.

This year we reviewed and updated 
several forms of responsible gaming 
information, with a focus on ‘Observable 
Signs’. In particular, we updated 
our Responsible Gambling Code 
of Conduct, our on-line Responsible 
Service of Gaming Training for 
employees and the responsible 
gaming component of our 
Corporate Induction.

Crown Perth has continued to promote 
Player Activity Statements and Play 
Safe Limit Program, encouraging 
customers who play gaming machines 
to stay informed about their gambling 
so that they can enjoy their gambling 
at Crown. To complement this, we ran 
a number of awareness campaigns 
on the main gaming floor to promote 
the use of Player Activity Statements.

Crown Perth: 
Responsible Gaming
Crown Perth’s Responsible Gambling 
Information Centre continues to offer 
support and assistance twenty-four 
hours a day, seven days a week, 
providing information to customers 
about responsible gambling, referral 
services, self-exclusions and third 
party exclusions.

This year, we have focussed on 
promoting the twenty-four hour 
presence across the complex, both 
to customers and employees, in order 
to increase the level of awareness of 
our Responsible Service of Gaming 
programs. We have received positive 
feedback about the programs: in 
particular, employees indicate that 
they are more aware of the signs 
of concerning gambling behaviour 
in customers and the process of 
referring customers to the Responsible 
Gambling Information Centre.

As in past years, the Responsible 
Gambling team has continued to 
engage with providers of a range of 
support services in the community, 
in order to increase awareness of the 
responsible gambling programs and to 
encourage referral to the Responsible 
Gambling team when appropriate. 

Crown Perth’s continued engagement 
with Gambling Help WA has been 
very successful, and this year the 
team attended information sessions 
with Gambling Help WA’s Financial 
Counsellor to better understand 
services available to customers. As in 
previous years, we also participated in 
the Responsible Gambling Awareness 
Week, helping to raise awareness of 
our programs and of the importance 
of responsible gambling. During this 
week, the Responsible Gambling team 
ran a free coffee service each day for 
customers on the main gaming floor 
and received positive feedback from 
customers and employees. Further, 
a staff campaign was run back 
of house to raise awareness of 
responsible service of gaming.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

25

Sustainability Report: Community

Crown recognises it can play a 
significant role within the community 
and seeks to do so by providing 
assistance, donations and support 
to a broad range of worthy community 
activities, local sporting clubs and 
various charities. Crown’s contributions 
include sponsorship arrangements, 
employee time, the use of Crown 
facilities and donations of Crown 
hospitality packages. In addition, through 
partnerships with leading community 
organisations, we work to gain further 
support for the community service 
operators and charities we support.

Crown is proud of the community 
partnerships it maintains with leading 
charities and community services 
operators. This year, a number of new 
partnerships were developed with 
several such organisations, including 
National Centre of Indigenous 
Excellence (NCIE), Reconciliation 
Australia, Mission Australia and the New 
South Wales branch of United Voice.

As a corporate partner of the NCIE, 
Crown is helping the successful 
not-for-profit organisation to undertake 
important functions at a local and 
national level. Through this partnership, 
Crown contributes financially to the 
NCIE and has signed an exclusive 
Memorandum of Understanding to 
provide a training facility for Indigenous 
employees at the proposed Crown 
Sydney Hotel Resort.

Crown’s partnership with Reconciliation 
Australia facilitated the creation of 
Crown’s first Reconciliation Action 
Plan, launched in March 2013. 
The plan will build on the already 
successful Indigenous employment 
and mentoring programs in Perth 

and Melbourne, enabling them to 
remain focussed on individual support 
and cultural awareness.

As part of the project to develop the 
Crown Sydney Hotel Resort, Mission 
Australia has agreed to become a 
project partner with Crown. The 
Memorandum of Understanding 
signed by Crown and Mission Australia 
outlines their joint commitment to 
work together to continue to provide 
responsible gaming support services 
at Crown’s existing resorts and establish 
similar services at the proposed 
Crown Sydney Hotel Resort.

Crown also sponsors several sporting 
organisations and teams, using these 
partnerships to align sporting clubs 
with Crown-supported community 
initiatives that help raise the profile of 
these causes. For example, in May this 
year, players from Melbourne Storm 
and Melbourne Rebels participated 
in Crown Melbourne’s launch of the 
2013 Responsible Gambling 
Awareness Week.

Crown hosts or assists with many 
events that promote and support 
charitable organisations. One such 
event this year was the Autumn Ladies 
Lunch that Crown conducted in April 
to raise money for the National Breast 
Cancer Foundation. Held in Sydney’s 
Guillaume at Bennelong restaurant 
located in the Sydney Opera House, 
the lunch was attended by approximately 
120 of Australia’s most influential 
women, including Her Excellency 
Professor Marie Bashir AC CVO, 
Governor of New South Wales.

As well, on Stakes Day 2012, Crown 
donated the use of their front row 
Birdcage marquee to the Starlight 

Children’s Foundation and Ronald 
McDonald House Charities to treat 
their families to a special day out at 
Melbourne’s Spring Racing Carnival. 
As well as meeting some of their 
favourite celebrities, the children were 
treated to many fun activities, including 
face painting, magicians, clowns and 
delicious culinary delights. 

Crown Melbourne: 
Community
Crown Melbourne has continued to 
support a broad range of community 
activities and charities, based on the 
belief that we have a responsibility and 
the opportunity to help those who are 
in need of assistance. This year, we 
have again sponsored many events, 
contributed employee time and the 
use of Crown facilities, and donated 
Crown Melbourne packages, particularly 
for organisations that help children 
who are ill.

For more than eight years, Crown 
Melbourne has sponsored and hosted 
the My Room Ball which raises funds 
for the Oncology Unit at The Royal 
Children’s Hospital in Melbourne. 

This year’s Starry Starry Night raised 
more than $650,000 for The Alannah 
and Madeline Foundation.

Crown Melbourne also supported the 
Epworth Medical Foundation Dinner, 
attended by 1,000 guests, along 
with Challenge’s Robert Allenby Gala 
Dinner and the Diamonds Are A Girl’s 
Best Friend Dinner, which both assist 
children living with cancer and other 
life-threatening blood disorders.

As part of our contribution to The 
Shane Warne Foundation, Crown 

Left to right: Crown Resorts employee; Crown Resorts Reconciliation Action Plan artwork; Crown Perth employees 
support the Salvation Army’s fourth annual Easter Appeal; Crown Perth donate $1 million to Western Australia’s Telethon.

26

Melbourne again sponsored and 
hosted the Shane Warne Foundation 
Boxing Day Breakfast, the Joe Hachem 
and Shane Warne Charity Poker 
Tournament, and the Shane Warne 
Foundation Anzac Day Brunch. The 
Foundation raises money for charities 
that work with seriously ill and 
underprivileged Australian children.

Crown Melbourne also supported 
several gala balls and events for other 
national charities, including the Kids 
Under Cover Umbrella Ball, the Ronald 
McDonald House Charities Ball and 
Lillian Frank’s Royal Children’s Hospital 
Fashion Luncheon.

Many of our employees enthusiastically 
volunteer their time and effort in 
a number of ways to benefit the 
community. For example, hundreds 
of employees purchased tickets in the 
Cadbury Easter Egg Hunt, the proceeds 
of which went to the Royal Children’s 
Hospital Good Friday Appeal. Crown 
Melbourne also raised funds for the 
Cancer Council by participating in 
Australia’s Biggest Morning Tea held in 
May each year. Many people contributed 
and baked food, decorated work areas, 
and encouraged employees to attend 
and donate a gold coin.

Each year, the Staff Club donates the 
entry fees for their Family Event to the 
Royal Children’s Hospital, and each 
Christmas Day our employees support 
the Open Family Australia Christmas 
program by packing and distributing 
more than 250 hampers filled with 
items donated by Crown Melbourne. 
With the same generosity of spirit, 
many employees again personally 
delivered hampers and other special 
items to families and individuals living 
throughout Melbourne.

Crown Melbourne employees also 
participate in numerous sporting and 
social events that raise money for 
charity. Our Staff Club promotes and 
coordinates participation, and Crown 
Melbourne subsidises entry fees to 
encourage staff participation. Events 
include the Around the Bay in a Day 
cycling event that raises funds for 
The Smith Family, the MS Melbourne 
Summer Cycle, the Eureka Climb that 
raises funds for Interplas, and the 
Run for the Kids.

Crown Perth: Community
Crown Perth is proud of the funding, 
support and employee assistance 
that it provides to many worthwhile 
charities, organisations and individuals 
throughout Western Australia. 

In addition to a number of not-for-
profit charity events and fundraising 
initiatives, Crown Perth hosts and 
sponsors a number of gala balls that 
are considered a highlight on the Perth 
social calendar, including Styleaid for 
WA Aids Council, Ronald McDonald 
House Charities Ball and the Western 
Australian of the Year Awards for 
Celebrate WA.

In 2012, Crown Perth again pledged 
$1 million to Western Australia’s largest 
fundraising initiative, Telethon, taking 
its contribution over the past three 
years to $3 million dollars. As a 
million-dollar partner, Crown Perth 
has made a significant contribution to 
Telethon’s work to support child health 
services across Western Australia. 

Through our long association with 
Foodbank WA, Crown Perth continues 
to provide daily donations of soup and 
has, to date, donated in excess of 

117,000 meal portions that have been 
distributed to more than 600 charitable 
organisations and schools across 
Western Australia. Crown Perth is 
extremely proud of this partnership 
and the benefits it brings to so many 
people in the Perth community.

As part of the Global Illumination 
Project that supports the National 
Breast Cancer Foundation, Crown 
Perth again glowed pink all through 
October 2012. In addition, Crown 
Perth hosted many fundraising activities 
and initiatives throughout the month, 
including the very successful Pink Poker 
Tournament which was attended by 
numerous local personalities and 
media. As a result of these events, 
more than $30,000 was raised 
for the Foundation to go towards 
valuable research.

At the heart of Crown Perth’s 
community program are our 
employees, many of whom actively 
participate in many charitable events, 
and donate to organisations and 
events such as the Anglicare WA 
Winter Appeal, Ronald McDonald 
House Charities’ Make a Meal 
Program, and The Salvation Army’s 
Easter Appeal. 

CEO, Barry Felstead, broke his 
fundraising record in the annual 
St Vincent de Paul Society’s CEO 
Sleepout, raising a total of $83,786 
for homeless services. Barry has 
raised a grand total of $230,000 
over four years of participation. The 
Sleepout aims to increase awareness 
of homelessness across Australia 
and raise funds for the homeless, 
and since inception has raised over 
$13 million dollars nationally. 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

27

“Despite increasing 
the floor area of both 
resorts, Crown achieved 
a reduction in greenhouse 
gas emissions of 2.9% 
across both resorts 
compared to the pcp.”

Sustainability Report: Environment

This year saw a further increase in 
environmental action across Crown’s 
two resorts, as we continue to work 
towards being the leader in sustainable 
business practice in the gaming and 
entertainment industry. Focussing on 
three major areas – energy efficiency, 
water conservation, and waste 
reduction – we have implemented 
several programs to reduce our 
environmental impact. This year we 
have achieved a combined reduction 
in greenhouse gas emission of 2.9% 
across both resorts compared to the 
pcp, despite increasing the floor area 
of both resorts.

In particular, our continued live 
monitoring of energy consumption 
enables us to review the use of 
gas, electricity and water, and 
then take appropriate measures 
to reduce consumption.

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth 
work closely to develop and implement 
strategies for both resorts that will 
reduce our impact on the environment, 
and contribute to developing a more 
sustainable business. Our Environmental 
Committee has representatives from 
each major business unit at both 
resorts, focussing on numerous 
energy, water and waste management 
initiatives. The committee also provides 
advice to the Executive teams at both 
resorts on policy development.

Crown proudly participated in a number 
of externally organised programs, 
including the global Earth Hour 
when we turned off all non-essential 
lighting, World Environment Day, 
and the Carbon Disclosure Project 
(for the fourth year running).

Crown Melbourne: 
Environment
Crown Melbourne has this year 
reduced its greenhouse gas emission 
by 6.5% compared to the pcp.

Over the last four years, Crown 
Melbourne has invested in a resource 
monitoring and reporting system 
that provides live data for measuring 
electricity, gas and water consumption 
throughout the resort. The system 
provides each business unit with 
daily, weekly and monthly reports 
that show time-of-use data, so that 
they can identify how to reduce their 
consumption and then monitor the 
effectiveness of programs.

Over the same period, more than 
$10 million was spent on resource 
savings projects, such as the energy 
reduction, water conservation and waste 
minimisation projects outlined below.

Crown Melbourne’s Eco-Shoots team 
(comprised of volunteer employees) 
was formed in 2011 and continues 
to conduct monthly environmental 
awareness events that encourage 
employees to reduce, re-use and 
recycle. This year’s major campaigns 
included Mobile Muster, Battery 
Recycling, and Corks for the Elephants.

In partnership with Climate Friendly, 
Crown Melbourne introduced a Carbon 
Offset program for guests in our 
hotels. This program subsequently 
achieved certification under the 
Australian Government’s National 
Carbon Offset Standard – a first 
in the hospitality and tourism industry.

Crown Melbourne has retained 
membership of a number of 
organisations in order to demonstrate 
our commitment to sustainability. 
These include the Australian Packaging 
Covenant, Waste Wise, and the 
City of Melbourne’s 1200 Buildings 
Program that aims to reduce the 
city’s environmental impact by 
retrofitting existing buildings.

Energy Efficiency
In March 2012, Crown Melbourne 
completed its largest energy efficiency 
project to date with the upgrade of the 
Crown Promenade Hotel. With funding 
assistance from AusIndustry through the 
Green Building Fund, the project aimed 
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 
3 million kg CO2, which amounts to a 
22% reduction. To achieve this, we 
replaced more than 9,000 lights with 
LED and fluoro technology, optimised 
heating, cooling and ventilation control, 
and improved housekeeping and 
maintenance procedures. We have 
exceeded our target, as the project 
has so far achieved a 25% reduction 
in greenhouse gas emissions.

Crown Melbourne also upgraded the 
controls and lighting systems serving 
the Clarke Street administration and 
car park building, resulting in an 
energy reduction of 16.8%.

Over the last two years, Engineering 
and Maintenance have focussed on 
improving the energy efficiency of the 
central plant. Changes made include 
installing variable speed drives for 
cooling towers, upgrading absorption 
chillers, replacing gas trains on central 
boilers, replacing heat exchangers, 
optimising control strategies for electric 

Left to right: Crown participates in the National Carbon Offset Program.

28

Crown Promenade Melbourne’s Journey to Energy Efficiency:
CO2 Savings by Category:

Lighting Upgrades

HVAC Optimisation

Housekeeping 
Procedures

Maintenance 
Procedures

IT Equipment

Lighting Projects: HVAC Projects:
CO2 levels controlled 

by monitoring internal ventilation

8,860

Energy efficient lights fitted

126

Sensors throughout the hotel

CO2

chillers and gas boilers, and introducing 
real-time monitoring of the performance 
of equipment. Along with upgrades to 
the lighting and HVAC systems, these 
improvements have resulted in a 
reduction in electricity consumption 
in the main complex of 13%.

Throughout the rest of the resort, 
we have upgraded more than 80,000 
lamps to energy efficient technology, 
installed more than 1,100 occupancy 
and daylight harvesting sensors, 
and upgraded 40% of the resort’s 
automation control system. 

All of our energy efficiency projects 
for this year have resulted in a CO2 
abatement of more than 9,700 tonnes, 
the equivalent to powering more than 
800 homes or removing 2,400 cars 
from the streets.

Water Conservation
Since 2010, Crown Melbourne has 
invested in a number of water saving 
projects, resulting in cost efficiencies 
across the resort.

This year, we have continued operating 
our water-recycling system, generating 
1.4 million litres of recycled water used 
for toilet flushing, and also expanded 
our rainwater harvesting system by 
adding a 125,000-litre rainwater 
collection and re-use system. These 
systems have the potential to save 
5.5 million litres of drinking water 
every year. We have also upgraded 
more than 500 shower heads, 
300 taps and 140 toilets.

Life Cycle Management
Life Cycle Management enables us to 
manage the total life cycle of products 
and services. By working with suppliers, 
employees, customers and waste 
management contractors, we manage 

how products are made and 
distributed, how our products 
are consumed, and how our products 
are disposed, enabling us to create 
more sustainable production and 
consumption patterns.

We continued to expand our recycling 
systems including soft plastic, green 
waste, polystyrene, e-waste, organics, 
metal, fluorescent tubes, oil, CDs, 
DVDs, and corks. 

The biggest addition to our repertoire 
of recycling programs is the recycling 
of gaming cards that began in October 
2012. All gaming cards are shredded 
on-site and then taken off-site for 
recycling where they are converted 
into paper towels and toilet tissue. 
It is estimated that this will divert 
from landfill approximately 240 tonnes 
of waste per year.

Crown Perth: Environment
Over the last four years, Crown Perth 
has invested in a comprehensive 
resource monitoring and reporting 
system which provides live data for 
measuring electricity, gas and water 
consumption throughout the resort. 
This year, we strengthened our 
monitoring and measuring of energy 
and water use by continuing to install 
water and energy sub-metering across 
the resort. By accurately monitoring 
resource consumption, we are able 
to identify areas for improvement.

Energy Efficiency
Crown Perth continues to implement 
resource-saving projects that will 
produce cost efficiencies and savings.

Energy-saving initiatives that were 
undertaken this year include: the 
rollout of sub-metering; the installation 

of more efficient heating, ventilation, 
and air conditioning equipment (an 
HVAC chiller) in the Convention Centre; 
optimisation of the casino’s chilled 
water system; and upgrading of the 
lighting in the undercover car park 
(halving the energy consumption 
of the lighting to this area).

As part of our ongoing resort-wide 
lighting project, we have upgraded 
the lighting in the VIP Gaming area, 
replacing the coffer lamps with LED-
style lamps. This initiative alone has 
resulted in a 40% reduction in lighting 
energy use in this area.

Water Conservation
Crown Perth continues its strong focus 
on water conservation, successfully 
implementing a number of water 
saving initiatives, including the ongoing 
installation of 2.5-litre tapware 
restrictors/aerators to hand basins, 
the installation of a water-flow meter 
for the main water supply to allow us 
to actively monitor water use, and the 
fitting of resource-saving shower heads 
and tapware in Crown Promenade 
Perth and Crown Metropol Perth hotels.

Life Cycle Management
Crown Perth has implemented 
a resort-wide recycling program, 
including an organic waste recycling 
program, allowing us to annually 
divert from landfill 60% of our waste 
(approximately 4,000 tonnes), reducing 
CO2 emissions by approximately 
2,000 tonnes each year. 

Crown Perth continues to improve 
employee awareness of environmental 
issues by providing employees with 
relevant information in innovative 
and effective ways.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

29

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

Corporate Governance Statement

The Crown Limited Board is committed to the implementation and maintenance of good corporate governance practices.

This Statement sets out the extent to which Crown Limited (Crown) has followed the best practice recommendations set 
by the ASX Corporate Governance Council (the Principles and Recommendations) during the twelve month period ending 
30 June 2013.

Principle 1
Lay Solid Foundations for Management and Oversight
Functions reserved for the Board

The Board is responsible for guiding and monitoring Crown on behalf of its shareholders. In addition, the Board (in 
conjunction with management) is responsible for identifying areas of significant business risk and ensuring arrangements 
are in place to adequately manage those risks.

The Board has adopted a formal Board Charter which sets out a list of specific functions which are reserved for the Board.

Board appointments are made pursuant to formal terms of appointment.

Functions delegated to Senior Executives

Crown’s senior executives have responsibility for matters which are not specifically reserved for the Board (such as the 
day-to-day management of the operations and administration of Crown).

Process for evaluating performance of Senior Executives

Crown has established processes for evaluating the performance of its senior executives. In summary, each senior 
executive is evaluated against the achievement of pre-agreed performance objectives. The evaluation process is 
conducted annually and is followed by the determination of appropriate remuneration of the relevant senior executive.

Detailed information regarding Crown’s remuneration practices is provided in the Remuneration Report. An evaluation 
of senior executives took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with the processes described 
in the Remuneration Report.

Induction process for new executives

Crown executives are required to undertake formal induction training through either the Crown Melbourne on-site 
accredited training facility – Crown College, or Crown Perth’s on-site training program.

The program involves training about:

•  the history and development of the Crown brand and businesses;

•  the main legal and regulatory obligations affecting the Crown businesses;

•  Crown’s responsible gaming policies and procedures;

•  Crown’s responsible service of alcohol policies; and

•  the rights and obligations of Crown employees.

As part of the induction program, executives are required to successfully complete a series of online training modules 
and to pass the associated assessment.

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

30

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Principle 2
Structure the Board to add value
Composition of the Board

As at the date of this Statement, the Board comprises the following twelve Directors:

•  James D Packer

Chairman

•  John H Alexander BA

Executive Deputy Chairman

•  Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Helen A Coonan BA, LLB

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Christopher D Corrigan

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons)

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

•  Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Geoffrey J Dixon

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Professor John S Horvath AO, MB, BS (Syd), FRACP

Independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Ashok Jacob MBA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA

Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

•  Harold C Mitchell AC

Independent, Non-Executive Director

Information about each current Director’s qualifications, experience and period in office is set out in the Directors’ 
Statutory Report.

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by separate persons. James Packer acts as Chairman 
and Rowen Craigie as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director.

Relationships affecting independence

The Crown Board is currently comprised of twelve Directors, seven of whom are independent Directors. A majority of 
Directors are therefore independent.

The independence of Directors is assessed against a list of criteria and materiality thresholds. Those criteria have been 
formally enshrined in the Crown Board Charter. Each Director who is listed as an independent Director complies with the 
relevant criteria for independence set out in the Crown Board Charter.

Departure from Recommendation 2.2: The Principles and Recommendations recommend that the chair of the Board 
should be an independent Director. Crown’s Chairman is not an independent Director. The Board believes that the interests 
of shareholders are best served by a Chairman who is sanctioned by shareholders and who will act in the best interests 
of shareholders as a whole. As the Chairman has a significant relevant interest in Crown, he is well placed to act on behalf 
of shareholders and in their best interests.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

31

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

Procedure for selection and appointment of new Directors

Where a new Director appointment is required, Crown adheres to procedures (Selection Procedure) including the following:

•  the experience and skills appropriate for an appointee, having regard to those of the existing Board members and likely 

changes to the Board are considered;

•  upon identifying a potential appointee, specific consideration is given to that candidate’s:

–  competencies and qualifications;
–  independence;
–  other directorships and time availability; and
–  the effect that their appointment would have on the overall balance and composition of the Board; and

•  finally, all existing Board members must consent to the proposed appointment.

The duties, responsibilities and powers of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee extend to reviewing the 
Selection Procedure and making appropriate recommendations to the Board in relation to the Selection Procedure. 
The Committee is responsible for implementing the Selection Procedure and developing succession plans in order 
for the Board to maintain appropriate experience, expertise and diversity.

The re-appointment procedures for incumbent Directors are as outlined in Crown’s Constitution. In summary, subject to 
the specific matters described in the Constitution, an election of Directors must take place each year at which one third 
of Directors must retire. Any Director who has been in office for three or more years and for three or more annual general 
meetings must also retire. Directors who retire are generally eligible for re-election.

Process for evaluating performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors

A performance evaluation of the Board and of its Committees is undertaken annually, following completion of each financial 
year, by way of a questionnaire sent to each Director.

The questionnaire covers the role, composition, procedure and practices of the Board and its Committees. The individual 
responses to the questionnaire are confidential to each Director, with questionnaire responses to be provided to the 
Chairman of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for his consideration and provision of a report to the Board.

Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee also has delegated responsibility for reviewing Crown’s procedure 
for the evaluation of the performance of the Board, its Committees and its Directors.

An evaluation of the Board and its Committees took place following the end of the financial year and in accordance with 
the processes described above.

Procedures for taking independent advice

To enable Crown’s Board to fulfil its role, each Director may obtain independent advice on relevant matters at Crown’s expense.

In these circumstances, the Director must notify the Chairman of the nature of the advice sought prior to obtaining that 
advice, so that the Chairman can take steps to ensure that the party from whom advice is sought has no material conflict 
of interest with Crown. The Chairman is also responsible for approving payment of invoices in relation to the external advice.

In addition, each Committee has the full authority of the Board to:

•  communicate and consult with external and internal persons and organisations concerning matters delegated to the 

Committee; and

•  appoint independent experts to provide advice on matters delegated to the Committee.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

32

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Crown Board Committees

To assist in carrying out its responsibilities, the Crown Board has established the following Committees:

Committees

Current Members

Meetings held during
FY 2013

Audit & Corporate Governance

Finance1

Investment2

Nomination and Remuneration

Occupational Health, Safety & Environment

Responsible Gaming

Risk Management

Benjamin Brazil (Chair)
Rowena Danziger
Michael Johnston

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Benjamin Brazil
Michael Johnston

James Packer (Chair)
John Alexander
Rowen Craigie
Ashok Jacob

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Christopher Corrigan
Harold Mitchell

Rowena Danziger (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
John Horvath
Michael Johnston

John Horvath (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

Geoffrey Dixon (Chair)
Rowen Craigie
Rowena Danziger

3

0

0

1

4

6

2

1.  The Finance Committee did not meet this financial year, however there were two written resolutions assented to by the Committee during the 

financial year 2013.

2.  The Investment Committee did not meet this financial year, however there were two written resolutions assented to by the Committee during 

financial year 2013.

Each Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. Since year end, Crown has 
established a new Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.

More information

A full copy of the Crown Board Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A description of the procedure for selection, appointment and re-election of Directors is available on the Crown 
website at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

33

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

Principle 3
Promote Ethical and Responsible Decision-Making
Codes of conduct

Crown has established separate Codes of Conduct that outline the standard of ethical behaviour that is expected 
of its Directors and of its employees at all times. The Code of Conduct for Employees is a detailed statement of the:

•  practices required by employees to maintain confidence in Crown’s integrity;

•  legal obligations of employees and the reasonable expectations of their stakeholders; and

•  responsibility and accountability of individuals for reporting and investigating reports of unethical practices.

Policy concerning diversity

Crown has established a policy concerning diversity and disclosed its policy on its website. The policy includes requirements 
for the Board to establish measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and for the Board to assess annually both 
the objectives and progress in achieving them.

In accordance with the policy, Crown has established the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set out below.

Except where specifically noted, these objectives have been set in relation to employees of Crown Limited, Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth groups.

An assessment of Crown’s progress in achieving those objectives has also been included.

Objective

Crown’s Progress

•  To require that at least one female 

candidate is presented on candidate 
short lists for all Senior Management 
and Senior Executive positions within 
the group for which a recruitment 
process is undertaken.

During the year, there were a total of 11 recruitment processes 
commenced for Senior Management and Senior Executive positions 
within the group.

Except in relation to the recruitment of the Crown Melbourne and Crown 
Perth Chief Financial Officers which were internal recruitment processes 
where there were no suitable female candidates, all short lists included 
a female candidate.

•  To increase the number of female 
participants in leadership and 
development programs across the 
group so that by 2015 females represent 
at least 45% of all participants.

During the year, 40% of participants in leadership and development 
programs across the group were female. Whilst this represents a slight 
decrease on the percentage participation in 2012 of 43%, overall the total 
number of participants in leadership programs has increased as has the 
total number of female participants.

•  To incorporate a targeted mentoring 

program for women into existing group 
leadership and development programs.

Crown will continue its work towards increasing that percentage in a bid 
to meeting its objective of 45% female participation by 2015.

Leadership development programs conducted across the group all 
included a mentoring component.

Crown is continually developing relevant leadership and development 
programs so that, where appropriate, female participants on those 
programs are able to receive targeted mentoring.

In addition, funds have been set aside in a diversity budget for FY14 
to further develop targeted mentoring for women.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

34

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Objective

Crown’s Progress

•  To conduct a review on an annual basis 
of the remuneration for key roles within 
the group to ascertain the existence of 
any gender pay gaps and to implement 
action plans to address any such gaps.

Crown has conducted an annual review of the remuneration of key roles 
within the group.

Based on that review, within Crown’s major operating subsidiaries, Crown 
Melbourne and Crown Perth, the average total male remuneration was 
$216,863 and the average total female remuneration was $182,715.

An analysis was conducted to break down this data to see whether a pay 
gap exists within the same “pay grade”, as Crown’s management team 
encompasses several “pay grades”.

Crown Melbourne examined the grade levels within its Business Operations 
Team, comparing male and female remuneration, number of employees, 
and length of service within each grade level. The analysis indicated 
that the current pay gaps are due to outliers skewing the data, with the 
removal of the outliers indicating no significant difference in the gender 
pay gap.

The Crown Perth grade system has two pay grades covering employees 
on its Business Operations Team. An analysis was conducted comparing 
total employment cost within each grade which revealed a substantially 
smaller gap between male and female salaries. Additionally, length of 
service has been determined as a potential contributor and the presence 
of outliers has impacted the results.

Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth will continue to monitor and review 
the average salaries for key roles.

•  To recruit at least one further female 

director for Crown Limited by financial 
year 2013.

The Honourable Helen Coonan joined the Crown Board in December 
2011. Accordingly, the Crown Board is comprised of two female directors 
and ten male directors and this objective has been achieved.

The proportion of women employees in the group, women in senior executive positions and women on the Board 
as at 30 June 2013 is as follows:

Measure

Result

•  Proportion of women employees 

in the group:

There were 5,088 women in the group. This represents 43% of the total 
workforce of 11,764 employees.

•  Proportion of women in senior executive 

positions in the group:

There were 28 women in senior executive positions in the group. 
This represents 31% of senior positions in the group.

•  Proportion of women on the Board:

Two women out of twelve directors, or 17%.

Crown’s Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has been delegated responsibility for developing and monitoring 
the application of Crown’s Diversity Policy.

Policy concerning trading in company securities

Crown has adopted a formal Securities Trading Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning trading in Crown shares 
by Directors, senior executives and employees.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

35

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

The Securities Trading Policy:

•  includes a requirement that employees do not buy and sell Crown shares within a 12 month period (i.e. that they do not 

short trade);

•  establishes formal “trading windows” during which Crown employees can and cannot trade in Crown shares;

•  includes restrictions and clearance procedures as to when trading can and cannot occur;

•  sets out Crown’s policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk; and

•  summarises the application of the insider trading provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and the consequences 

of contravention thereof.

A copy of the Securities Trading Policy has been given to Australian Securities Exchange and released to the market.

Policy concerning political donations

Crown has adopted a formal Political Donations Policy which details Crown’s policy regarding donations to political parties.

The policy imposes annual monetary limits on political donations and sets up a framework to ensure Crown is able to comply 
with relevant State based and Commonwealth reporting requirements.

In summary, the policy provides that Crown may make political donations, provided that:

•  the contributions support public policy which is aligned to the best interests of Crown’s shareholders, customers, 

staff and the broader community;

•  no particular political party is unduly favoured; and

•  contributions are approved, made and recorded in compliance with the requirements of the policy and any other 

legislative requirements.

Policy concerning anti-corruption and bribery

Crown has adopted a formal Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy which details Crown’s policy concerning acts of bribery 
and corruption.

Crown takes a zero tolerance approach to acts of bribery and corruption by any officers, employees, third-party 
representatives or business partners.

Crown’s Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy requires that Crown not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage or accept 
any form of bribe from anyone, including a business partner, a supplier, a customer or fellow employees as an inducement 
for business, information or any other purpose.

The Crown Board is fully committed to the implementation of a zero tolerance Anti-bribery and Corruption Policy. The Board 
and senior management team must continue to foster a culture within Crown in which bribery or corruption is not acceptable.

Employees who are required to deal with external suppliers of goods and services to Crown must avoid placing themselves 
in situations of a potential conflict of interest.

It is a fundamental principle of Crown that all of its business affairs be conducted legally, ethically and with strict 
observance of the highest standards of integrity and professionalism.

Corporate Social Responsibility

Since year end, Crown has established a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee to assist the Board in setting Crown’s 
corporate social responsibility policies and programs and assessing Crown’s corporate social responsibility performance.

The members of the Committee are Helen Coonan (Chair), Rowen Craigie, John Horvath and Harold Mitchell. Three out 
of four of the Committee members are independent directors of Crown.

Among other things, the Committee’s mandate extends to continuing Crown’s efforts in establishing appropriate corporate 
social responsibility policies and programs, monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of those policies and programs 
and promoting and supporting continuous improvement in Crown’s corporate social responsibility performance.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

36

 
 
More information

Full copies of Crown’s Code of Conduct for Directors and Code of Conduct for Employees are available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Codes.

A full copy of Crown’s Diversity Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

A full copy of Crown’s Securities Trading Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

A full copy of Crown’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

A full copy of Crown’s Corporate Social Responsibility Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Principle 4
Safeguard Integrity in Financial Reporting
Crown Audit & Corporate Governance Committee and Charter

As indicated above, Crown has established a formal Audit & Corporate Governance Committee to review the integrity 
of Crown’s financial reporting and to oversee the independence of Crown’s external auditors.

The current members of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee are Ben Brazil (Chair), Rowena Danziger and 
Michael Johnston. All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors and a majority of those Committee 
members are independent Directors.

The Chairman of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, Mr Ben Brazil is an independent Director who has 
extensive financial qualifications and experience. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree and holds a senior role 
at Macquarie Bank in the Corporate and Asset Finance Group.

Further information about each Committee member’s qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory 
Report.

The Audit & Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities.

The Charter includes information on the procedures for selection and appointment of the external auditor of Crown and for 
the rotation of external audit engagement partners. Last year marked the fifth anniversary of the appointment of Crown’s 
audit partner and accordingly, a new audit partner has been appointed commencing financial year 2013.

Principle 5
Make Timely and Balanced Disclosure
Policy to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule disclosure requirements

Crown has a formal Continuous Disclosure Policy in place which is designed to ensure compliance with ASX Listing Rule 
requirements. The policy details processes for:

•  ensuring material information is communicated to Crown’s Chief Executive Officer, its General Counsel and Company 

Secretary or a member of the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee;

•  the assessment of information and for the disclosure of material information to the market; and

•  the broader publication of material information to Crown’s shareholders and the media.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Continuous Disclosure Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

37

 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT CONTINUED

Principle 6
Respect the Rights of Shareholders
Promotion of effective communication with shareholders

Crown has a Communications Policy which seeks to promote effective communication with its shareholders. The policy 
explains how information concerning Crown will be communicated to shareholders. The communication channels include:

•  Crown’s Annual Report;

•  disclosures made to the ASX; and

•  Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.

Crown has a dedicated corporate website which includes copies of all communications and other company information.

Advance notification of results announcements is made via Crown’s website.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Communication Policy is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Policies.

Principle 7
Recognise and Manage Risk
Policy for the oversight and management of material business risks

Crown has established policies for the oversight and management of material business risks and has adopted a formal 
Risk Management Policy. Risk management is an integral part of the industry in which Crown operates.

Design and implementation of risk management and internal control systems

As required by the Board, Crown’s management have devised and implemented risk management systems appropriate 
to Crown.

Management are charged with monitoring the effectiveness of risk management systems and are required to report to the 
Board via the Risk Management Committee. The Board convened Risk Management Committee administers Crown’s Risk 
Management Policy.

The policy sets out procedures which are designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk at each of Crown’s 
controlled businesses and requires that the results of those procedures are reported to the Crown Board. A formal Risk 
Management Plan has been developed using the model outlined in AS/NZS ISO 31000:2009 Risk Management 
– Principles and Guidelines.

The Plan identifies specific Head Office risks in light of major risks identified at an operational level and provides 
the framework for the reporting and monitoring of material risks across the Crown group.

The Board has received, and will continue to receive, periodic reports through the Risk Management Committee, 
summarising the results of risk management initiatives at Crown.

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assurances

The Crown Board has received assurance from the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer that the 
declaration provided in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 is founded on a sound system of risk 
management and internal control and that the system is operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial 
reporting risks.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

A full copy of Crown’s Risk Management Policy is available at: www.crownlimited.com under the heading 
Corporate Governance – Policies.

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

38

 
 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Principle 8
Remunerate Fairly and Responsibly
Remuneration of Board members and Senior Executives

Crown has established a formal Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The role of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee includes:

•  the review and recommendation of appropriate Directors’ fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors; and

•  consideration of remuneration policies to be applied to executives, including any equity-based remuneration plan that 

may be considered, subject to shareholder approval (where required).

Following the end of the financial year, the Committee has reviewed and approved:

•  the remuneration for senior executives which will apply during the financial year ending 30 June 2014; and

•  the short term bonus payments made to senior executives referable to the financial year ending 30 June 2013.

The current members of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are Geoffrey Dixon (Chair), Christopher Corrigan 
and Harold Mitchell who are each independent, Non-Executive Directors. Information about each Committee member’s 
qualifications and experience is set out in the Directors’ Statutory Report.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee has adopted a formal Charter that outlines its duties and responsibilities. 
A summary of current remuneration arrangements is set out more fully in the Remuneration Report. The objective of 
Crown’s remuneration policy is to ensure that:

•  senior executives are motivated to pursue the long-term growth and success of Crown; and

•  there is a clear relationship between senior executives’ performance and remuneration.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

The rules of the 2010 Crown Long Term Incentive Plan specifically provide that a participant must not grant or enter into 
any Security Interest in or over any Crown shares that may be acquired under the Plan (Participant Shares) or otherwise 
deal with any Participant Shares or interest in them until the relevant Participant Shares are transferred from the Trustee 
to the participant in accordance with the Plan rules. Security Interests are defined to extend to any mortgage, charge, 
pledge or lien or other encumbrance of any nature, and includes any derivative relating to or involving a Participant Share. 
Any Security Interest, disposal or dealing made by a participant in contravention of the Plan rules will not be recognised 
by Crown.

More information

A full copy of Crown’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee Charter is available at:
www.crownlimited.com under the heading Corporate Governance – Charters.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

39

 
 
NEVADA INFORMATION STATEMENT CONTINUED

Nevada Information Statement

The gaming industry in Nevada is highly regulated and Crown Limited (Crown) must maintain relevant licences to continue 
its investments in entities with gaming operations in Nevada. Each of the casinos in which Crown has an interest is subject 
to extensive regulation under the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction where it is located. These laws, rules and 
regulations generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners, managers and persons 
with financial interest in gaming operations. Violations of laws in one jurisdiction could result in disciplinary action in 
other jurisdictions.

Crown is registered as a publicly traded corporation in the state of Nevada. One of the conditions of that registration requires 
Crown to summarise relevant Nevada gaming law requirements in this Report. Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth are 
regulated in a similar manner by the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian 
Department of Racing Gaming and Liquor, respectively. We are not, however, required to summarise the regulations 
specific to Victoria and Western Australia in this Report.

Nevada Government Regulation
The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to the Nevada Gaming Control Act and 
the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the Nevada Act) and various local regulations. Gaming operations 
are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the Nevada Commission), the 
Nevada State Gaming Control Board (the Nevada Board) and various county and city licensing agencies (the local 
authorities). The Nevada Commission, the Nevada Board and the local authorities are collectively referred to as the 
“Nevada Gaming Authorities”.

The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public 
policy that are concerned with, among other things:

•  the prevention of unsavoury or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time 

or in any capacity;

•  the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices;

•  the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum 

procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues;

•  providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities;

•  the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and

•  providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees.

Each of the entities in which Crown holds an investment and which currently operate casinos in Nevada (the casino 
licensees) is required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Certain of Crown’s subsidiaries in the Cannery 
ownership chain have also been licensed or found suitable as shareholders, members or general partners, as relevant, 
of the casino licensees.

The casino licensees and the foregoing subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “licensed subsidiaries”.

Registration as a Publicly Traded Corporation
Crown is required to be registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation and, as such, is required 
periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and to furnish any other information 
that the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a shareholder or member of, or receive any percentage 
of profits from, the licensed subsidiaries without first obtaining licences and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

Additionally, local authorities have taken the position that they have the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling 
the shares of any corporation controlling a gaming licensee. Crown and the licensed subsidiaries have obtained from the 
Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licences required in order to engage in gaming 
activities in Nevada.

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

40

 
 
N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Suitability of Individuals
Power to investigate

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement 
with, Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed 
as a business associate of a gaming licensee.

Officers, Directors and certain key employees of the licensed subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming 
Authorities and may be required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Crown’s officers, Directors and key 
employees who are actively and directly involved in the gaming activities of the licensed subsidiaries may be required 
to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities.

The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing or a finding of suitability for any cause they deem 
reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing and both require submission of detailed personal and financial 
information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability, or the gaming licensee 
by which the applicant is employed or for whom the applicant serves, must pay all the costs of the investigation.

Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and, in addition to their authority to 
deny an application for a finding of suitability for a licence, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove 
a change in a corporate position.

Consequences of finding of unsuitability

If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, Director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or to continue 
having a relationship with Crown or the licensed subsidiaries, such company or companies would have to sever all 
relationships with that person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Crown or the licensed subsidiaries 
to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability 
or of questions pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada.

Reporting requirements

Crown and the licensed subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. 
Substantially all of Crown and the licensed subsidiaries’ material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing 
transactions must be reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission.

Consequences of Violation of the Nevada Act
If the Nevada Commission determined that Crown or a licensed subsidiary violated the Nevada Act, it could limit, 
condition, suspend or revoke, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures, Crown’s Nevada 
gaming licences and those of Crown’s licensed subsidiaries. In addition, Crown and the licensed subsidiaries and the 
persons involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion 
of the Nevada Commission.

Certain Beneficial Holders of Shares Required to be Licensed
Generally

Any beneficial holder of Crown’s voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an 
application, be investigated and have his or her suitability as a beneficial holder of the voting securities determined if the 
Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies 
of the State of Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in 
conducting any such investigation.

The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of any class of Crown’s voting securities to report the 
acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class 
of Crown’s voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman 
of the Nevada Board mails a written notice requiring such filing.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

41

 
 
NEVADA INFORMATION STATEMENT CONTINUED

Institutional investors

Under certain circumstances, an “institutional investor” as defined in the Nevada Act, who acquires more than 10% but not 
more than 25% of any class of Crown’s voting securities, may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding 
of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only.

An institutional investor will be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes if it acquires and holds the voting 
securities in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or 
indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of Crown’s Board of Directors, any change in Crown’s Constitution, 
management, policies or operations or any of Crown’s gaming affiliates or any other action that the Nevada Commission 
finds to be inconsistent with holding Crown’s voting securities for investment purposes only.

Activities that are deemed to be consistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include:

•  voting on all matters voted on by shareholders;

•  making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational 

purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and

•  such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent.

Corporations and trusts

If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit 
detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs 
of investigation.

Consequences of finding of unsuitability

Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a licence within 30 days after being ordered to do 
so by the Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable.

The same restrictions apply to a nominee if the nominee, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any shareholder 
found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of Crown’s shares beyond such period of 
time as may be prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offence in Nevada. Crown will be subject 
to disciplinary action if, after Crown receives notice that a person is unsuitable to be a shareholder or to have any other 
relationship with Crown or a licensed subsidiary, Crown or any of the licensed subsidiaries:

•  pays that person any dividend or interest upon any of Crown’s voting securities;

•  allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person;

•  pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or

•  fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his or her voting securities including, 

if necessary, the immediate purchase of the voting securities for cash at fair market value.

Certain Debt Holders Required to be Licensed
The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any of Crown’s debt securities to file an application, 
be investigated and be found suitable to hold the debt security. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person 
is unsuitable to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, Crown can be sanctioned, including the loss 
of its approvals, if without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it:

•  pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest or any distribution whatsoever;

•  recognises any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities;

•  pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or

•  makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation 

or similar transaction.

N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

42

 
 
N
e
v
a
d
a

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Maintenance of Share Register
Crown is required to maintain a current share register in Nevada that may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities 
at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose 
the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for 
finding the record holder unsuitable. Crown is also required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of 
the beneficial owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require Crown’s holding statements or share certificates 
bear a legend indicating that such securities are subject to the Nevada Act. To date, however, the Nevada Commission 
has not imposed such a requirement on Crown.

Actions Requiring Prior Approval of the Nevada Commission
Public offerings to fund Nevada gambling activities

Crown may not make a public offering of any securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the 
securities or the proceeds there from are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada 
or to retire or extend obligations incurred for those purposes or for similar purposes. An approval, if given, does not 
constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy 
or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful.

Transactions effecting a change in control

Changes in control of Crown through merger, consolidation, share or asset acquisitions, management or consulting 
agreements or any act or conduct by a person whereby he or she obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval 
of the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a registered corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board 
and the Nevada Commission concerning a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of the registered corporation. 
The Nevada Commission may also require controlling shareholders, officers, Directors and other persons having a material 
relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control to be investigated and licensed as part of the 
approval process relating to the transaction.

Share buy-backs and other arrangements

Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before Crown can make exceptional 
repurchases of voting securities above the current market price and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management 
can be consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalisation proposed by a registered 
corporation’s Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the registered corporation’s shareholders 
for the purpose of acquiring control of that corporation.

Investigation and Monitoring of “Foreign Gaming Operations”
Because Crown is involved in gaming ventures outside of Nevada, Crown is required to deposit with the Nevada Board and 
thereafter maintain a revolving fund in the amount of US$10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board 
of Crown’s participation in such gaming.

The Nevada Board refers to any of Crown’s operations outside of Nevada as “foreign gaming operations”. The revolving 
fund is subject to increase or decrease at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Crown is also required to comply with 
certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Crown would be subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada 
Commission if Crown:

•  knowingly violates any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation;

•  fails to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required 

of Nevada gaming operations;

•  engages in any activity or enters into any association that is unsuitable because it poses an unreasonable threat to 

the control of gaming in Nevada, reflects or tends to reflect discredit or disrepute upon the State of Nevada or gaming 
in Nevada or is contrary to the gaming policies of Nevada;

•  engages in any activity or enters into any association that interferes with the ability of the State of Nevada to collect 

gaming taxes and fees; or

•  employs, contracts with or associates with any person in the foreign gaming operation who has been denied a license or a 
finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability or who has been found guilty of cheating at gambling.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

43

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

Directors’ Statutory Report

Company Information
Review of operations

A review of operations of the Crown Limited (Crown) group for the financial year ended 30 June 2013 and the results 
of those operations is detailed on pages 8 to 29.

The principal activity of the entities within the Crown group is gaming and entertainment.

Significant changes in state of affairs

Some of the significant changes in the state of affairs of the consolidated group since 1 July 2012 include:

•  In February 2012, it was announced that Crown had acquired a 10% interest in Echo Entertainment Group Limited 

(Echo) and that, on account of restrictions in the Echo Constitution, Crown had sought relevant regulatory approvals to 
increase its voting power in Echo beyond 10%. On 4 July 2012, Crown amended its application for regulatory approval 
by introducing a condition that Crown not acquire more than 25% of the shares in Echo without first seeking and 
obtaining a further approval from relevant regulators.

•  On 1 August 2012, it was announced that Crown intends to develop a new luxury six-star hotel at its Crown Perth 

integrated resort.

•  On 2 August 2012, Crown announced that it had signed an Exclusive Dealing Agreement with Lend Lease Corporation 

Limited in relation to a proposed development of a world-class, six-star resort at Barangaroo South, Sydney.

•  On 3 August 2012, Crown announced that it had raised $300 million through a new five year bond issue, which was 

distributed predominantly to institutional investors in Australia and Asia. The proceeds from the issue were used to repay 
existing debt, diversify Crown’s funding sources and extend its debt maturity profile.

•  On 13 August 2012, Crown announced that it had launched an offer of dated, unsecured, subordinated, cumulative notes 
(Crown Subordinated Notes) to raise approximately $400 million, with the ability to raise more or less. Following the 
completion of the bookbuild process for Crown Subordinated Notes, the Margin was set at 5.00%. On 14 September 2012 
it was announced that the offer of Crown Subordinated Notes had closed, with Crown successfully raising $532 million.

•  On 25 October 2012, Crown announced that the New South Wales Government had invited Crown to proceed to Stage 
Two of the Government’s Unsolicited Proposal process for the Crown Sydney Hotel Resort and confirmed that, in 
accordance with New South Wales Government guidelines, Crown had lodged an Unsolicited Proposal to construct 
and manage a world-class, six-star hotel resort at Barangaroo South.

•  On 3 December 2012, Crown announced that the Gaming and Wagering Commission of Western Australia had 

given approval for additional gaming product at Crown Perth, conditional upon the development of Crown Towers 
Perth proceeding.

•  On 10 May 2013, Crown announced that it had received written advice from the New South Wales Independent Liquor 
and Gaming Authority that the necessary approvals had been granted to allow Crown to have voting power in Echo 
in excess of 10%, but not to exceed an approved cap of 23%.

•  On 17 May 2013, Crown announced that it had received written advice from the Queensland Office of Liquor and 
Gaming Regulation that the necessary approvals had been granted to allow Crown to have voting power in Echo 
in excess of 10%.

•  On 24 May 2013, Crown announced that it had divested its interest in Echo, pursuant to a block trade agreement. 
Under the agreement, Crown’s 82,561,200 shares in Echo were sold for $264 million or $3.20 per Echo share.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

44

 
 
Significant events after Balance Date

On 4 July 2013, Crown announced that it had been invited by the New South Wales Government to move to Stage Three 
of the Unsolicited Proposal process for a six-star hotel resort including VIP gaming facilities at Barangaroo South and on 
19 July 2013, Crown announced that it had accepted that invitation.

Subsequent to 30 June 2013, the Directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the year 
ending 30 June 2013. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents 19 cents per share. The final 
dividend will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the dividend will be conduit foreign income. The 
dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2013 financial statements.

In addition, on 2 August 2013, Crown announced that it has restructured its senior management team in Australia and created 
the new position of Chief Executive Officer – Australian Resorts. Barry Felstead, the Chief Executive Officer of Crown Perth, 
was appointed to that position. As a result, the positions of Chief Executive Officer Crown Melbourne and Chief Executive 
Officer Crown Perth, having been combined into this new position, ceased to exist.

Environmental regulation

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 (the NGER Act) established a mandatory reporting system for 
corporate greenhouse gas emissions and energy production and consumption. Crown is required to report emissions 
under the NGER Act. Relevant reports have been submitted during the year.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Key features of the NGER Act are:

•  reporting of greenhouse gas emissions, energy consumption and production by large corporations;

•  corporate level public disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and energy information; and

•  to provide consistent and comparable data for decision making.

The Federal Government’s Clean Energy Legislation was introduced on 1 July 2012. Under this legislation, Crown 
Melbourne is considered a ‘liable entity’ and is required to register with the Clean Energy Regulator and surrender carbon 
units on an annual basis.

Crown is also subject to the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 which encourages large energy-using businesses 
to improve their energy efficiency. It does this by requiring businesses to identify, evaluate and report publicly on cost 
effective energy savings opportunities. Crown submits reports in line with the required reporting schedule.

Under the Western Australian Water By-laws legislation, Crown Perth is required to complete annual water management 
assessments and submit water efficiency management plans.

The Crown group is not otherwise subject to any particular or significant environmental regulation under Australian law.

Environmental issues are, however, important to Crown and it has taken a number of initiatives in this regard. A description 
of those initiatives is set out in the Sustainability section of this Annual Report.

Operating and financial review

In addition to the information provided in the review of operations section of this Report, set out below is some additional 
information that members of Crown might reasonably require to make an informed assessment of the operations, financial 
position and business strategies of Crown. The commentary which follows omits some information which might be 
considered relevant to Crown’s business strategies and prospects for future financial years, on the basis that the 
directors have reasonable grounds to believe that disclosure would likely result in unreasonable prejudice to Crown.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

45

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

Crown reported a consolidated net profit after tax (NPAT) of $395.8 million and a normalised NPAT1 of $473.2 million for 
the 12 months ended 30 June 2013. Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth achieved normalised EBITDA growth of 6.9% 
and normalised revenue growth of 5.6%.

Performance for the year ended June 30 2013

Normalised revenue1

Normalised expenditure1

Normalised EBITDA2

Normalised EBIT3

Normalised net profit after tax before significant items

Reported net profit after tax before significant items

Significant items4

Reported net profit after tax

$m

2,894.4

(2,136.1)

758.3

520.2

473.2

491.0

(95.2)

395.8

Crown sold its shareholding in Echo in May 2013. This resulted in an after tax loss of $69.6 million which has been reported 
as a significant item.

The results from Crown’s Macau joint venture, Melco Crown Entertainment, were strong, particularly in the premium mass 
market segment, and were a major contributor to the growth in Crown’s normalised NPAT.

The activities and results of Crown’s operations are discussed further below.

Crown Melbourne

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Melbourne was $546.7 million, up 7.1% on the prior comparable period (pcp). Reported 
EBITDA for the period was $547.1 million, down 3.0% or $17.1 million on the pcp. This reflects a win rate of 1.36% which 
generated a positive EBITDA variance of $0.4 million, compared to a positive EBITDA variance of $53.6 million in the pcp 
when the win rate was 1.50%.

Normalised revenue increased by 4.0% over the pcp to $1,918.1 million. During the year, main floor gaming revenue grew 
0.9% to $1,000.8 million. Normalised VIP program play revenue increased 9.2% to $525.2 million on turnover of $38.9 billion.

Non-gaming revenue grew 5.4% to $392.1 million. Crown Towers Melbourne hotel occupancy was 93.6% with an average 
room rate of $312. Crown Metropol Melbourne achieved hotel occupancy of 89.5% with an average room rate of $224. 
Crown Promenade Melbourne hotel occupancy was 90.5% with an average room rate of $211.

The overall operating margin5 improved from 27.7% to 28.5% despite the shift in business mix towards the lower margin 
VIP business. In response to the weak consumer sentiment in Melbourne and low revenue growth in main floor gaming, 
Crown Melbourne has continued its comprehensive review of back of house costs and front of house operational efficiency.

1  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play and significant items.

2  Normalised earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortisation.

3  Normalised earnings before interest and tax.

4  Relates to the loss on disposal of Crown’s investment in Echo, a loss of $69.6 million net of tax, and Crown’s share of MCE’s development 

and refinancing costs of $25.6 million.

5  Normalised EBITDA divided by normalised revenue.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

46

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown Perth

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Perth was $240.8 million, up 6.4% on the pcp. Reported EBITDA for the period was 
$240.8 million, down 11.1% or $30.1 million on the pcp. The win rate in the pcp was 1.84% which resulted in a positive 
EBITDA variance of $44.6 million.

Normalised revenue increased 9.3% over the pcp to $858.2 million. During the year, main floor gaming revenue grew 
9.7% to $483.5 million, benefiting from the expansion of Crown Perth’s gaming floor. Normalised VIP program play revenue 
increased 3.3% to $159.4 million on turnover of $11.8 billion.

Non-gaming revenue grew 13.3% to $215.3 million due to the improved trading in food and beverage as a result of the 
completion of a number of key refurbishment projects and improved trading in both hotels. Crown Metropol Perth hotel 
occupancy was 83.6% with an average room rate of $313. Refurbishment work at Crown Metropol Perth has reduced 
the number of rooms available and hotel occupancy based on available rooms was 90.5%. Hotel occupancy at Crown 
Promenade Perth was 93.0% with an average room rate of $220.

The overall operating margin1 decreased from 28.8% to 28.1%, reflecting the impact of one-off costs associated with the 
rebranding to Crown Perth and the set-up and opening costs associated with the launch of the new gaming floor and new 
food and beverage outlets.

The rebranding of Crown Perth from Burswood was completed in September 2012 following the opening of the expansion 
of Crown Perth’s main gaming floor to accommodate new gaming product and new food and beverage areas. Crown 
Perth’s restaurant facilities were further enhanced with the recent opening of the new premier Chinese restaurant, Silks.

The construction of the multi-storey car park, expected to improve accessibility of the complex, is underway and expected 
to be completed by late 2014. In addition, the demolition of the Dome will create an additional 1,000 car parking spaces 
by December 2013. Work is progressing on the early stages of Crown Towers Perth which is expected to open in 2016. 
The capital expenditure undertaken in upgrading and expanding Crown Perth will progressively deliver benefits and is 
expected to be earnings and value enhancing for shareholders.

Crown Aspinall’s (previously Aspinall’s Club)

Normalised EBITDA from Crown Aspinall’s was $33.3 million (2012: $20.6 million). A below theoretical win rate generated 
a negative EBITDA variance of $6.8 million which resulted in a reported EBITDA of $26.5 million (2012: $1.7 million) for the period.

Melco Crown Entertainment (MCE): Macau (33.7% equity interest)

Crown’s share of MCE’s normalised NPAT result for the full year to 30 June 2013 was an equity accounted profit of 
$152.3 million (2012: $92.1 million), after adjusting for an above theoretical win rate. Crown’s share of MCE’s reported result 
before significant items for the full year to June 2013 was an equity accounted profit of $175.0 million (2012: $135.8 million).

During the year MCE issued a US$1.0 billion senior note offering at a 5.0% coupon, allowing MCE to, among other things, 
refinance MCE’s existing US$600 million 10.25% senior notes.

MCE incurred costs in respect of the debt refinance and costs associated with the Studio City and Philippines development 
projects. Crown’s share of these costs was $25.6 million which has been reported as a significant item.

The growth in MCE’s EBITDA was achieved despite an overall subdued performance in the Macau VIP market and was 
attributable to strong growth in the mass market table games segment at City of Dreams and improved group-wide rolling 
chip volume, together with MCE’s committed cost control culture. City of Dreams again increased its market share in the 
mass market table games segment and achieved market-leading mass table yields, which is increasingly important in a 
table supply constrained market.

1  Normalised EBITDA divided by normalised revenue.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

47

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

Cash flow and debt

Operating cash flow for the period was $496.2 million. After net capital expenditure of $253.4 million, dividend payments 
of $269.5 million, net repayment of borrowings of $107.6 million and net investment proceeds of $184.4 million, total Group 
debt was $1,635.3 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012: $1,694.7 million). Total cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2013 
was $205.5 million (2012: $149.4 million), which consisted of cash maintained for working capital purposes of $118.5 million 
(2012: $143.4 million), with the balance of $87.0 million (2012: $6.0 million) available for general purposes. Net debt, excluding 
working capital cash, at 30 June 2013 stood at $1,548.3 million (2012: $1,688.7 million).

At 30 June 2013, total liquidity, excluding working capital cash of $118.5 million, was $1,213.6 million (2012: $512.4 million), 
represented by $87.0 million (2012: $6.0 million) in available cash and $1,126.6 million (2012: $506.4 million) in committed 
undrawn facilities.

Crown’s capital management strategy targets an efficient capital structure with sufficient liquidity and flexibility to support 
its strategy and maintain its current investment grade credit ratings. In August 2012, Crown completed a $300 million 
five-year bond issue. In September, Crown raised $532 million through a subordinated notes issue and in November, 
Crown completed the refinance of its two bank facilities that were to mature in July 2013 into one new $500 million 
syndicated facility.

Conclusion

Crown remains focused on optimising the performance of its Australian resorts and its comprehensive review of back 
of house and front of house operation efficiency will continue. Crown will manage the Crown Towers Perth development 
and construction and complete the final stages of the remaining capital expenditure projects. As well, management 
will continue to progress the Crown Sydney Hotel Resort proposal.

Crown will also continue to work closely with MCE to further build the value of MCE’s Macau businesses.

Likely developments
Other than the developments described in this Report and the accompanying review of operations, the Directors are of the 
opinion that no other matter or circumstance will significantly affect the operations and expected results for the Crown group.

Dividends and distributions
Interim Dividend: Crown paid an interim dividend of 18 cents per ordinary share on 16 April 2013. The dividend was 50% 
franked. None of the unfranked component was conduit foreign income.

Final Dividend: The Directors of Crown have announced a final dividend of 19 cents per ordinary share to shareholders 
registered as at 27 September 2013. The final dividend will be 50% franked. None of the unfranked component of the 
dividend will be conduit foreign income.

In summary:

Interim Dividend paid

Final Dividend payable

Total

Dividend per share

18 cents per share

19 cents per share

37 cents per share

$’000

$131,111

$138,395

$269,506

Crown paid shareholders a final dividend in respect of the 2012 financial year of $138.4 million.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

48

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Directors and Officers
Director details

Set out below are the names of each person who has been a Director of Crown during or since year end and the period for 
which they have been a Director. There are twelve current Directors.

Name

James Douglas Packer

John Henry Alexander

Date Appointed

6 July 2007

6 July 2007

Benjamin Alexander Brazil

26 June 2009

Helen Anne Coonan

2 December 2011

Christopher Darcy Corrigan

6 July 2007

Rowen Bruce Craigie

Rowena Danziger

Geoffrey James Dixon

31 May 2007

6 July 2007

6 July 2007

John Stephen Horvath

9 September 2010

Ashok Jacob

Michael Roy Johnston

6 July 2007

6 July 2007

Harold Charles Mitchell

10 February 2011

Date Ceased

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

At Crown’s 2012 Annual General Meeting, Mr Ben Brazil, Ms Rowena Danziger, Professor John Horvath and 
Mr Michael Johnston stood for re-election as Directors. As required by Crown’s Constitution, having been appointed 
a director in December 2011, Ms Helen Coonan also stood for election at Crown’s 2012 AGM. Each was re-elected 
as a Director at that time.

The details of each Director’s qualifications and experience as at the date of this Report are set out below. Details of 
all directorships of other Australian listed companies held in the three years before the end of the financial year have 
been included.

James D Packer,  Chairman

Mr Packer is the Chairman of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited (CPH), a family company. CPH is a substantial 
shareholder in Crown.

Mr Packer is a director of various companies including Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited and Melco Crown 
Entertainment Limited.

Mr Packer is the chair of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Pty Limited1: from 28 April 1992 to 19 November 2012

•  Ten Network Holdings Limited: from 13 December 2010 to 2 March 2011

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

49

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

John H Alexander BA,  Executive Deputy Chairman

Mr Alexander is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Crown Limited and is also a director of a number of companies, 
including Seven West Media Limited, Crown Melbourne Limited, Burswood Limited and Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Limited.

Mr Alexander was the Executive Chairman of Consolidated Media Holdings Limited (CMH) from 2007 to November 2012, 
when CMH was acquired by News Corporation. Prior to 2007, Mr Alexander was the Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL) from 2004, the Chief Executive of ACP Magazines Limited from 
1999 and PBL’s group media division comprising ACP Magazines Limited and the Nine Network from 2002.

Before joining the PBL Group, Mr Alexander was the Editor-in-Chief, Publisher & Editor of The Sydney Morning Herald 
and Editor-in-Chief of The Australian Financial Review.

Mr Alexander is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 16 December 1999 to 19 November 2012

•  Seven West Media Limited: from 2 May 2013 to current

Benjamin A Brazil BCom LLB,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Brazil is an Executive Director of Macquarie Group Limited and is Co-Head of its Corporate and Asset Finance 
Group. He originally commenced employment at Macquarie in 1994 and has operated across a range of geographies 
and business lines during the course of his career. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce and a Bachelor of Laws from the 
University of Queensland.

Mr Brazil is the Chairman of the Crown Audit and Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the Crown 
Finance Committee.

The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

Helen Coonan is a former Senator for New South Wales serving in the Australian Parliament from 1996 to 2011.

She holds degrees in Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws from the University of Sydney. Prior to entering Parliament 
she worked as a lawyer including as principal of her own legal firm, as a partner in law firm Gadens, as a commercial 
barrister in Australia and as an attorney in New York.

In Parliament, Helen Coonan served as the Deputy leader of the Government in the Senate. She was appointed to Cabinet 
as the former Minister for Communications, Information Technology and the Arts and was shareholder Minister for Telstra 
Corporation and Australia Post. She also served as the Minister for Revenue and Assistant Treasurer and had portfolio 
oversight of the Australian Taxation Office and the Australian Prudential Regulatory Authority.

Ms Coonan is a member of the Advisory Council of J.P. Morgan, a Trustee of the Sydney Opera House Trust, Chair of the 
Conservation Council of the Opera House Trust, a Member of the Australian World Heritage Advisory Committee, Member 
of the Board of Advice for AON Australia, Co-Chair of Government Relations Australia Pty Limited (a subsidiary of the 
Clemenger group of companies), a Non-Executive Director of Obesity Australia Limited and Special Counsel of SR/7 
Social Media Intelligence. She is also a member of Chief Executive Women.

Ms Coonan is the Chair of the Crown Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.

50

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Christopher D Corrigan,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

From March 1990 to July 2006, Mr Corrigan was Managing Director of Patrick Corporation Limited, Australia’s largest 
container terminal operator and stevedore. Patrick Corporation Limited also had interests in land-based logistics, freight 
rail transportation and aviation through Virgin Blue.

In 1990, Mr Corrigan sponsored the formation of a development capital business, Jamison Equity, which in December 
1996 became a wholly owned subsidiary of the then publicly listed company Patrick Corporation Limited.

Prior to that, Mr Corrigan had a career with Bankers Trust spanning 20 years, including periods as Managing Director 
of Bankers Trust in Australia and then the Asia-Pacific region.

In September 2011, Mr Corrigan became the Chairman of Qube Logistics Holdings Limited.

Mr Corrigan is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 March 2006 to 19 November 2012

•  Qube Logistics Holdings Limited: from 23 March 2011 to current

•  Webster Limited: from 30 November 2007 to 9 July 2010, reappointed on 15 October 2012 to current

Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons),  Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Mr Craigie was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director in 2007. He is also a director of Crown Melbourne 
Limited, Burswood Limited, Melco Crown Entertainment Limited and Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Limited.

Mr Craigie previously served from 2005 to 2007 as the Chief Executive Officer of PBL Gaming and as the Chief Executive 
Officer of Crown Melbourne Limited from 2002 to 2007. Mr Craigie joined Crown Melbourne Limited in 1993 and was 
appointed as the Executive General Manager of its Gaming Machines department in 1996 and was promoted to Chief 
Operating Officer in 2000.

Prior to joining Crown Melbourne Limited, Mr Craigie was the Group General Manager for Gaming at the TAB in Victoria 
from 1990 to 1993 and held senior economic policy positions in Treasury and the Department of Industry in Victoria from 
1984 to 1990.

Mr Craigie is a member of Crown’s Investment, Occupational Health, Safety & Environment, Responsible Gaming, Risk 
Management and Corporate Social Responsibility Committees.

Rowena Danziger AM, BA, TC, MACE,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mrs Danziger’s professional experience spans over 30 years in various Australian and American educational institutions. 
Mrs Danziger was the Headmistress at Ascham School in Sydney from 1973 to 2003.

Mrs Danziger is a Director of Crown Melbourne Limited and is Chair of the Crown Limited Occupational Health, Safety & 
Environment Committee and a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Risk Management and Responsible 
Gaming Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: 17 September 1997 to to 19 November 2012

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

51

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Geoffrey J Dixon,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Dixon is Chairman of the Australian Government’s major tourism marketing organisation Tourism Australia and Chairman 
of the Garvan Medical Research Foundation.

Mr Dixon also sits on the board of publicly listed Australian company, Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited. He is on the boards 
of Voyages Indigenous Tourism Australia, the Museum of Contemporary Art and is an Ambassador for the Australian 
Indigenous Education Foundation. Mr Dixon has also worked in the media, mining and government sectors.

Mr Dixon was Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Qantas Airways Limited from 2001 to 2008. He joined 
Qantas Airways Limited in 1994 and was also Chief Commercial Officer and, for two years, Deputy Chief Executive.

Mr Dixon is the Chairman of the Crown Finance, Nomination and Remuneration and Risk Management Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 31 May 2006 to 19 November 2012

•  Facilitate Digital Holdings Limited: from 9 July 2009 to current

Professor John S Horvath AO,  MB, BS (Syd), FRACP, Independent, Non-Executive Director

Professor John Horvath was the Australian Government Chief Medical Officer from 2003 to 2009. He is currently continuing 
to advise the Department of Health & Ageing and the School of Medicine, University of Sydney, and holds the position 
of Honorary Professor of Medicine.

Professor Horvath is a Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians and is a distinguished practitioner, researcher 
and teacher. Professor Horvath sits on the Board of the Garvan Research Foundation, the Centenary Institute of Medical 
Research and Health Workforce Australia. He is a member of the Advisory Board to the World Health Organisation Influenza 
Collaborating Centre, a member of the Advisory Council to the Australian Organ and Tissue Donation Agency and a member 
of the Finance and Administration Committee of the School of Medicine at the University of Sydney.

Professor Horvath was previously Clinical Professor of Medicine at University of Sydney. He is also known as a leader 
in a range of medical training and workforce organisations. He is also a former President of the Australian Medical Council 
and the NSW Medical Board.

Professor Horvath is the Chair of the Crown Responsible Gaming Committee and a member of Crown’s Occupational 
Health, Safety & Environment and Corporate Social Responsibility Committees.

Ashok Jacob BSc, MBA,  Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Ashok Jacob is a non-executive director of Crown.

Mr Jacob is the Chairman of Ellerston Capital. Mr Jacob was the Chief Executive Officer of Consolidated Press Holdings 
Limited from 2006 to 2011 and previously the Joint Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to 2006.

Mr Jacob is a director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and a director of MRF Limited.

Mr Jacob holds a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor 
of Science from the University of Bangalore.

Mr Jacob is a member of the Crown Investment Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 10 September 2009 to 19 November 2012.

52

 
 
Michael R Johnston BEc, CA,  Non-independent, Non-Executive Director

Mr Johnston is the Finance Director of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited, having previously been an advisor to the 
Consolidated Press Holdings Limited Group for 17 years. As Finance Director, Mr Johnston oversees a large number 
of operational businesses within the Consolidated Press Holdings Limited Group and its controlled associates. Mr Johnston 
was also the Chief Financial Officer of Ellerston Capital (a subsidiary of Consolidated Press Holdings Limited) until 30 June 2008.

Prior to his appointment with the Consolidated Press Holdings Limited Group, Mr Johnston was a senior partner in the 
Australian member firm of Ernst & Young. Mr Johnston was also on the Board of Partners of Ernst & Young, Australia.

Mr Johnston holds a Bachelor of Economics degree from Sydney University and is an Associate of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of Australia.

Mr Johnston is a member of the Crown Audit & Corporate Governance, Finance, and Occupational Health, Safety and 
Environment Committees.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Consolidated Media Holdings Limited1: from 8 April 2009 to 19 November 2012, alternate director to Mr James Packer 

and Mr Guy Jalland; from 10 September 2009 to 19 November 2012, alternate director to Mr Ashok Jacob

•  Living and Leisure Australia Group: from 23 August 2011 to 10 February 2012

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Harold C Mitchell AC,  Independent, Non-Executive Director

Harold Mitchell is the founder of Mitchell & Partners and Executive Chairman of Aegis Media Pacific. Since he started 
Mitchell & Partners in 1976, the company has evolved to become the largest media and communications group in Australia 
today, with a growing presence in New Zealand and across the Asia-Pacific region. In December 2000, he launched the 
Harold Mitchell Foundation which distributes funds between health and the arts. He has been Chairman of the National 
Gallery of Australia, President of the Melbourne International Festival of Arts, Director of Deakin Foundation, President of 
the Museums Board of Victoria and a Board Member of the Opera Australia Council, as well as Chairman of ThoroughVision 
and Chairman and Owner of the Melbourne Rebels Rugby Union team.

Mr Mitchell holds a large number of community roles including Chairman CARE Australia; Chairman of the Melbourne 
Symphony Orchestra; Chairman of TVS, University of Western Sydney’s television service for Greater Sydney; Chairman 
of Art Exhibitions Australia, Vice President of Tennis Australia; Chairman of The Florey Institute of Neuroscience and Mental 
Health, and Board Member New York Philharmonic. 

In December 2002, Deakin University conferred on him an honorary degree of Doctor of Laws. In 2003, he delivered 
the Andrew Olle Memorial Lecture on Media.

In January 2004, he was awarded the Officer of the Order of Australia for his services as a benefactor and fundraiser 
in support of artistic and cultural endeavour.

On 28 July 2005, he was awarded the Richard Pratt Business Leader Award given by the Australian Business Arts Foundation 
in recognition of excellence in arts leadership. Mr Mitchell was appointed Companion of the Order of Australia in 2010 for 
eminent service to the community through leadership and philanthropic endeavours in the fields of art, health and education 
and as a supporter of humanitarian aid in Timor-Leste and Indigenous communities.

In December 2011, Mr Mitchell was awarded an Honorary Doctorate – Doctor of Business Honoris Causa, by RMIT University 
and in 2012 he was inducted into the Adnews Hall of Fame.

Mr Mitchell is a member of the Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Directorships of other Australian listed companies held during the last three years:
•  Mitchell Communication Group Limited – From 10 March 2000 to 24 November 2010 (removed from ASX).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

53

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

Company secretary details
Michael J Neilson BA, LLB

Mr Neilson is Crown’s General Counsel and joint Company Secretary. Prior to his appointment with Crown, he was General 
Counsel for Crown Melbourne Limited, a position he held from 2004 to 2007.

Prior to joining the Crown group, Mr Neilson spent 10 years in a commercial legal practice in Melbourne before joining 
the Lend Lease Group in Sydney in 1997 as General Counsel for Lend Lease Property Management.

In 1998, he was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary of General Property Trust, the position he held until 
joining Crown Melbourne Limited in 2004.

Mr Neilson is also a member of the Board of Trustees of the International Association of Gaming Advisers (IAGA) and a member 
of the School Council of Camberwell Grammar School.

Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD

Ms Manos was appointed joint Company Secretary in April 2008. She commenced employment with the Crown group 
in October 2007 just prior to implementation of the PBL Scheme and the Demerger Scheme. Prior to joining Crown, 
Ms Manos was a Senior Associate in a Melbourne law firm, specialising in mergers and acquisitions and corporate law.

Ms Manos is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.

Other officer details

In addition to the above, Crown’s principal officers include:

•  Kenneth M Barton

Chief Financial Officer

•  Barry J Felstead*

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth until 1 August 2013 and Chief Executive Officer Crown Resorts 
from 1 August 2013

•  Greg F Hawkins*

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne until 1 August 2013

•  W Todd Nisbet

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Development

*  Subsequent to year end, Mr Hawkins and Mr Felstead’s positions were replaced with a new position, Chief Executive Officer – Australian 

Resorts. Mr Felstead has taken that position and Mr Hawkins has agreed to leave the group.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

54

 
 
D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

Relevant interests of Directors
Details of relevant interests of current Directors in Crown shares as at 30 June 2013 were as follows:

Director

John Alexander

Rowen Craigie

Rowena Danziger

Harold Mitchell

James Packer

Notes:

Total number of ordinary shares1

256,549

74,0922

30,896

114,887

364,270,253

1.  For more information on relevant interests of current Directors, please see the Remuneration Report and the key management personnel 

disclosures set out in the Notes to the Financial Statements.

2.  The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive 
Plan. Mr Craigie may become entitled to have those shares transferred to him after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions in the 2010 Crown 
Limited Long Term Incentive Plan are met.

Other than in connection with Crown’s Long Term Incentive Plan which is described in the Remuneration Report, none of 
Crown’s Directors is party to any contract which would give that Director the right to call for the delivery of shares in Crown.

Board and Committee meetings
Set out below are details of the number of Board meetings and Committee meetings held by Crown during the 2013 
financial year together with each Director’s attendance details.

Audit & 
Corporate 
Governance 
Committee 
Meetings

Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee 
Meetings

Occupational 
Health, Safety & 
Environment 
Committee 
Meetings

Responsible 
Gaming 
Committee 
Meetings

Risk 
Management 
Committee 
Meetings

Board Meetings

Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended

J D Packer

J H Alexander

B A Brazil

H L Coonan

C D Corrigan

R B Craigie

R Danziger

G J Dixon

J S Horvath

A P Jacob

M R Johnston

H C Mitchell

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

7

6

7

6

7

5

7

7

6

7

6

7

7

3

3

3

3

1

1

1

1

3

3

1

1

6

6

6

4

6

6

2

2

2

1

2

2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

The Corporate Governance Statement includes details on Committee structure and membership during the year.

Under Crown’s Constitution, its Board and Committee Charters, documents containing written resolutions assented to by 
Directors are to be taken as a minute of a meeting of Directors or of a Committee (as the case may be). There were four 
written resolutions assented to by the Board this financial year. There were also two written resolutions assented to by the 
Investment Committee and two by the Finance Committee. The Investment Committee and Finance Committee did not 
formally meet this financial year.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

55

 
 
DIRECTORS’ STATUTORY REPORT CONTINUED

Shares and Options
Crown has not granted any options over unissued shares. There are no unissued shares or interests under option. 
No shares or interests have been issued during or since year end as a result of option exercise.

Indemnity and Insurance of Officers and Auditors
Director and officer indemnities

Crown indemnifies certain persons as detailed in its Constitution in accordance with the terms of the Crown Constitution.

Directors’ and officers’ insurance

During the year Crown has paid insurance premiums to insure officers of the Crown group against certain liabilities.

The insurance contract prohibits disclosure of the nature of the insurance cover and the amount of the insurance payable.

Auditor Information
Auditor details

Ernst & Young has been appointed Crown’s auditor.

Mr David McGregor is the Ernst & Young partner responsible for the audit of Crown’s accounts.

True and fair information

There is no additional true and fair information included in the financial report.

Non-audit services

Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor 
are outlined in note 27 of the Financial Report.

Crown acquires non-audit services from Ernst & Young, largely in respect of taxation matters relating to pre-demerger 
and ongoing taxation items. These include, but are not limited to, matters in respect of the financial years ending on 
or prior to 30 June 2007, which at the time of the de-merger of Crown and Consolidated Media Holdings Limited 
(then Publishing and Broadcasting Limited (PBL)) agreed they would share as follows:

•  Crown: 75 per cent; and

•  CMH: 25 per cent.

The ratio of non-audit to audit services provided by Ernst & Young to Crown is approximately 6.5:1. This ratio reflects that:

•  Ernst & Young advised Crown on matters relating to Crown’s refinancing activities (including a $300 million bond issue 
and a $532 million subordinated notes issue), Crown’s acquisition and divestment of its interest in Echo Entertainment 
Group Limited, Crown’s proposed development at Barangaroo South, Sydney; and

•  The fees paid by Crown to Ernst & Young in respect of non-audit services, largely taxation advisory services, mostly 

reflect taxation matters pre-dating the PBL de-merger (which occurred in December 2007).

In the absence of pre-demerger matters, the ratio of non-audit services to audit services provided by Ernst & Young would 
be lower.

The Directors are satisfied that the non-audit services are compatible with the general standard of independence for 
auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Board considers that the nature and scope of the services provided 
do not affect auditor independence.

Rounding
The amounts contained in the financial statements have been rounded off to the nearest thousand dollars (where rounding 
is applicable) under the option available to Crown under ASIC Class Order 98/0100. Crown is an entity to which the Class 
Order applies.

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

S
t
a
t
u
t
o
r
y
R
e
p
o
r
t

56

 
 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Remuneration Report

This Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June 2013, outlines the Director and executive remuneration arrangements 
of Crown in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and its regulations. For the purposes of 
this report, key management personnel (KMP) of the Crown group are defined as those persons having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the Crown group, directly or indirectly, including 
any Director (whether executive or otherwise) of the parent company. For further details of KMP, refer to note 29 of the 
Financial Report. The disclosures in the Remuneration Report have been audited. The Remuneration Report is presented 
under the following sections:

1. 

Introduction

2.  Overview of Remuneration Policy

3.  Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure

•  Fixed Remuneration

•  Performance Based Remuneration

–  Short Term Incentives
–  Long Term Incentive: 2010 Crown LTI

•  Relationship between Remuneration Policy and Company Performance

•  Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

4.  Remuneration details for Non-Executive Directors (including statutory remuneration disclosures)

5.  Remuneration details for Senior Executives

•  Executive Contract Summaries

•  Statutory Remuneration Disclosures

Introduction
Persons to whom Report applies

The remuneration disclosures in this Report cover the following persons:

Non-Executive Directors
•  Benjamin A Brazil

•  Helen A Coonan

•  Christopher D Corrigan

•  Rowena Danziger

•  Geoffrey J Dixon

•  John S Horvath

•  Ashok Jacob

•  Michael R Johnston

•  Harold C Mitchell

Executive Directors
•  James D Packer (Chairman)

•  John H Alexander (Executive Deputy Chairman)

•  Rowen B Craigie (Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

57

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Other company executives and key management personnel
•  Kenneth M Barton (Chief Financial Officer)

•  Barry J Felstead (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Resorts, from 1 August 2013 and Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth, 

until 1 August 2013)

•  Greg F Hawkins (Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne, until 1 August 2013)

•  W Todd Nisbet (Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development)

In this Report the group of persons comprised of the Executive Directors and the other company executives and key 
management personnel (listed above) are referred to as “Senior Executives”.

This Remuneration Report contains a similar level of disclosure to the 2012 Remuneration Report. As there has been 
no material change to the Company’s remuneration policy during the period, much of the description of the Company’s 
remuneration policy in this report is unchanged from last year.

Overview of Remuneration Policy
Philosophy

Crown is a company that provides outstanding customer service and to remain competitive Crown must continue to 
enhance the experience of all customers who visit Crown’s properties. As a result, the performance of the Crown group 
is highly dependent upon the quality of its Directors, senior executives and employees.

Crown seeks to attract, retain and motivate skilled Directors and senior executives in leadership positions of the highest calibre.

Crown’s remuneration philosophy is to ensure that remuneration packages properly reflect a person’s duties and 
responsibilities, that remuneration is appropriate and competitive both internally and as against comparable companies 
and that there is a direct link between remuneration and performance.

Crown has differing remuneration structures in place for Non-Executive Directors and senior executives.

Non-Executive Directors

The process for determining remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors has the objective of ensuring maximum benefit 
for Crown by the retention of a high quality Board.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee bears the responsibility of determining the appropriate remuneration for 
Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee with reference taken to the fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors of comparable companies. The Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee is subject to the direction and control of the Board.

In forming a view of the appropriate level of Board fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors, the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee may also elect to receive advice from independent remuneration consultants, if necessary. Details regarding the 
composition of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and its main objectives are outlined in the Corporate Governance 
Statement. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive independent Directors.

No performance based fees are paid to Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate 
in Crown’s long term incentive plan (described more fully below).

Non-Executive Directors are not provided with retirement benefits other than statutory superannuation at the rate prescribed 
under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.

Senior Executives

The remuneration structure incorporates a mix of fixed and performance based remuneration. The following section provides 
an overview of the fixed and performance based elements of executive remuneration. The summary tables provided later 
in this Report indicate which elements apply to each Senior Executive.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

58

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown’s key strategies and business focuses are to:

•  continue to maximise the performance of Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and to manage the significant capital 

expenditure programs currently underway to deliver value for shareholders;

•  progress the Crown Sydney Hotel Resort project;

•  assist MCE with the Studio City and Philippines projects;

•  improve the profitability of Crown’s other international joint ventures; and

•  assess other relevant growth opportunities.

Senior Executive remuneration structure is tied to these strategies and focuses.

Details of Senior Executive Remuneration Structure
Fixed remuneration

The objective of fixed remuneration is to provide a base level of remuneration which is appropriate to the Senior Executive’s 
responsibilities, the geographic location of the Senior Executive and competitive standing in the appropriate market.

Fixed remuneration is therefore determined with reference to available market data, the scope and any unique aspects 
of an individual’s role and having regard to the qualifications and experience of the individual. From time to time, Crown 
seeks a range of specialist advice to establish the competitive remuneration for its Senior Executives.

Fixed remuneration typically includes base salary and superannuation at the rate prescribed under the Superannuation 
Guarantee legislation, mobile telephone costs, complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth and 
may include, at the election of the Senior Executive, other benefits such as a motor vehicle, additional contribution to 
superannuation, car parking and staff gym membership, aggregated with associated fringe benefits tax to represent 
the total employment cost (TEC) of the relevant Senior Executive to Crown.

Fixed remuneration for the Senior Executives (except the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director) is reviewed annually 
by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Chairman of Crown and is approved by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee.

The review process measures the achievement by the Senior Executives of their Key Performance Objectives (KPOs) 
established at the beginning of the financial year (see further below), the performance of Crown and the business in 
which the Senior Executive is employed, relevant comparative remuneration in the market and relevant external advice.

Fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director is reviewed by the Chairman and approved 
annually following consideration by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of his or her performance against 
his or her annual KPOs.

The fixed remuneration for Crown’s Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, Mr Rowen Craigie, was determined in 
2007 as part of the de-merger of the gaming businesses of Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and listing of Crown Limited 
in December 2007. Details of Mr Craigie’s remuneration, including his fixed remuneration, were included in the Demerger 
Scheme Booklet issued by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited and considered by Publishing and Broadcasting Limited 
shareholders at the Scheme meeting on 30 November 2007. Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration has not changed since that date.

Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration is in the top quartile of ASX top 50 listed companies. Mr Craigie’s awarded short term incentive, 
however, is below the 25th percentile for the same group and his total cash remuneration is at the median of that group. 
In addition, Mr Craigie’s fixed remuneration is comparable to the Chief Executive Officers of global gaming companies with 
operations across several jurisdictions. When taken together with his potential STI payment, Mr Craigie’s remuneration 
is commensurate with his peers in the global gaming industry.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

59

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The global gaming industry is highly competitive and the Board believes Mr Craigie’s skills and experience in developing 
and operating major integrated resorts are in high demand in this industry. The Board believes that these capabilities, 
together with Mr Craigie’s longstanding association with Crown’s Australian businesses, are valuable to the Group. As a 
result, giving consideration to the fact that Mr Craigie has not received an increase to his fixed remuneration since 2007 
and the Board believes his fixed remuneration remains appropriate.

Any payments relating to redundancy or retirement are as specified in each relevant Senior Executive’s contract of 
employment.

For summaries of Senior Executive contracts of employment, see page 72.

Performance based remuneration

The performance based components of remuneration for Senior Executives seek to align the rewards attainable by Senior 
Executives with the achievement of particular annual and long term objectives of Crown and the creation of shareholder 
value over the short and long term. The performance based components which applied to the Senior Executives during 
the year were as follows:

•  Short Term Incentives (STI); and

•  Long Term Incentives (the Crown LTI).

A key focus of the Crown Board is the achievement of the Crown group’s annual business plan and budget and the long 
term financial plan. In order to provide incentives to executives, each of the STI and the Crown LTI link back to elements of 
the business plan and budget and long term financial plan. It is therefore important to understand how that business plan 
and budget and long term financial plan are developed.

Development of Long Term Financial Plan (Four Year Financial Plan)

Each year, the Crown Board approves a financial plan which contains the key assumptions and forecasts for each Crown 
group business and for the Crown group as a whole for the four year period commencing in the following financial year 
(Four Year Financial Plan).

The process for developing, reviewing and approving each Four Year Financial Plan is rigorous. Each department in each 
Crown business must prepare a four year financial plan. Key inputs into this process include current operating performance 
and the previously approved Four Year Financial Plan, having regard to:

•  performance relative to targets set in the previous Four Year Financial Plan;

•  any changes in the business;

•  any changes in factors affecting performance over the four year period; and

•  any new strategic initiatives and changes in the market in which those businesses are operating.

The targets in each department’s four year financial plan incorporate an underlying target growth in operating profit with 
additional operating profit increases arising from capital expenditure programs, performance improvement initiatives and 
other strategic impacts.

Each department’s four year forecast is consolidated into the relevant business’s four year forecast which is then reviewed 
by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the relevant business.

In turn, each business’s four year forecast is then incorporated into the Four Year Financial Plan and reviewed by the 
Crown Limited Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Four Year Financial Plan is then reviewed by the 
Chairman before it is submitted to the Crown Board for review and approval.

Development of Annual Business Plan and Budget

Crown’s annual business plan and budget (Annual Business Plan and Budget) is prepared having regard to the Crown 
Four Year Financial Plan.

The Annual Business Plan and Budget is based on the first year of the Four Year Financial Plan and details key operational 
strategic initiatives and the risks to be addressed. It is developed on a departmental basis, which is then incorporated into 
each business’s annual budget and business plan and, finally, into the Crown group Annual Business Plan and Budget, 
which then must be approved by the Crown Board.

60

 
Short Term Incentives (STI)

The remuneration of the Senior Executives is linked to Crown’s short term annual performance through a cash-based STI.

Individuals may be paid an STI following an assessment of the performance of the Crown group in the previous year and 
the performance of the individual against agreed annual KPOs. Senior Executives have a potential or target STI, which is 
subject to the Crown group’s performance and the achievement of the Senior Executive’s KPOs established at the 
beginning of each financial year. In summary, the typical KPO structure might comprise the following elements:

Financial Performance Objectives Performance against budgeted normalised EBITDA1 and/or net profit after tax.

Typical Non-financial Objectives

•  Management of major capital expenditure programs to ensure projects 

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

are delivered on time and on budget, while minimising disruption at relevant 
Australian properties as well as the subsequent delivery of anticipated benefits 
from those capital programs.

•  Reinforcement and delivery of outstanding customer experiences through 

continuous improvement in Crown’s service culture.

•  Successful management of Crown stakeholders, including government, 

media, trade unions, community organisations, to achieve targeted outcomes.
•  Achievement of successful expansion of customer base for Crown properties 

through marketing or other relevant activities.

•  Growth in engagement levels of employees across Crown.
•  Achievement of margin improvement targets through the implementation 
of approved programs aimed at reducing costs and increasing asset yield.
•  Achievement (or maintenance) of improvements in key occupational health 

and safety statistics.

•  Achievement of VIP turnover growth and market share.

1 

In this Report, the term “normalised EBITDA” represents EBITDA which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from 
theoretical win rate on VIP program play and the impact of significant items (where applicable).

Financial performance objectives are derived from Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget as the Crown Board 
considers this is the best way to ensure that Crown meets that Annual Business Plan and Budget, aligning performance 
outcomes with shareholder value.

A failure to achieve relevant financial performance objectives will result in Senior Executives receiving either, no STI bonus 
or, where relevant financial performance objectives are only partially met, a reduced STI bonus. The Crown Board retains 
discretion, however, to pay an STI bonus where financial performance objectives have not been met, but other objectives 
have been achieved.

Appropriate non-financial performance objectives (such as those set out above) are also included in a Senior Executive’s 
KPOs where they are within that Senior Executive’s sphere of influence and are relevant to the Senior Executive’s area 
of work. These metrics are aligned with the achievement of Crown’s Annual Business Plan and Budget.

The performance of each Senior Executive against financial and non-financial KPOs is reviewed on an annual basis. 
Whether KPOs have been achieved is determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, having regard to 
the operational performance of the business or function in which the Senior Executive is involved and the Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director’s assessment of the attainment of the individual’s KPOs.

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director and the Chairman review performance based remuneration entitlements 
and recommend the STI payments, subject to final approval by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the Board.

The Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director’s eligibility for an STI is reviewed by the Chairman and determined by the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Board.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

61

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

In financial year 2013, the Group’s financial performance objectives were only met in part. Crown Perth met its financial 
performance objectives for its non-VIP businesses. Although Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were 
not met, Crown Melbourne achieved 7% year on year normalised EBITDA growth on the back of significant margin 
improvement. Crown Limited achieved its normalised NPAT budget, largely as a result of the performance of MCE’s 
businesses in Macau and some important non-financial objectives were also achieved. Accordingly, STI bonuses were 
reduced by 20% at Crown Perth, by 80% at Crown Melbourne and by 20% at Crown Limited. The Chief Executive 
Officer received 80% of his target STI bonus of $1 million and did not receive any part of his further “discretionary bonus” 
of $1 million for exceptional performance.

For a more detailed commentary on financial year 2013 STI bonuses see page 77.

2010 Crown LTI (Crown LTI)

The Crown LTI has been made available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. All Senior Executives 
together with approximately 15 other senior executives in the Crown group participate in the Crown LTI. Most participants 
commenced participating in the Crown LTI with effect from 1 July 2010, but some executives who joined the Crown group 
after this date are participating on a pro rata basis.

Operation of the Crown LTI

The award of a long term incentive bonus under the Crown LTI is dependent on Crown achieving certain earnings per 
share hurdles (EPS Hurdles) in respect of, or in relation to, the four financial years ending 30 June 2011, 30 June 2012, 
30 June 2013 and 30 June 2014 (each a Plan Year).

For the purposes of the Crown LTI, earnings per share (EPS) excludes contribution from Melco Crown Entertainment 
Limited (MCE) and is calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 Crown Profit  
  Total Crown Shares

where:
Crown Profit means, in respect of a Plan Year, the normalised net profit after tax of the group for that Plan Year (excluding 
the contribution made by MCE and significant items); and

Total Crown Shares means the average of the largest number of Crown shares on issue during each day during the relevant 
Plan Year.

How EPS Hurdles are derived

The EPS Hurdles adopted in the Crown LTI were derived directly from EPS forecasts put in place in respect of the 2011 
Four Year Financial Plan (each an EPS Target). Accordingly, the Crown LTI is specifically designed to provide an incentive 
to senior executives participating in the Crown LTI (Participants) to ensure the Four Year Financial Plan from financial year 
2011 to financial year 2014 is met. The way in which Crown’s Four Year Financial Plans are developed has been described 
in detail above.

The EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013 are 98% of the EPS Target for the relevant 
year in the Four Year Financial Plan. The EPS Hurdle in financial year 2014 is 100% of the EPS Target for the relevant year 
in the Four Year Financial Plan.

The Four Year Financial Plan upon which EPS Hurdles are based has not been varied and remains the basis for determining 
the Crown LTI bonus payments.

62

 
 
 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Why EPS has been used as the single measure for Crown LTI

Crown has elected to use earnings per share as the single measure for its Crown LTI.

Earnings per share targets represent the product of individual business unit future performance projections (as determined 
by relevant executives based on their business unit’s four year financial plan targets). These individual future performance 
projections are aggregated with group costs, interest and taxes to arrive at a Crown group earnings per share target.

As a result, each executive knows with certainty what performance hurdles need to be met from their respective business 
operations over an extended period in order to meet the EPS Targets. In addition, as the executive group collectively needs 
to achieve the consolidated EPS Target, it fosters a cooperative approach across businesses to ensure the Crown group 
as well as individual business unit outcomes are optimised.

In developing the Crown LTI, consideration was given by the Crown Board to a range of measures as well as multiple 
measures, however, ultimately, it was determined that a single clear, unambiguous target in the form of an earnings per 
share hurdle was best suited to Crown. For example, consideration was given to the use of a relative measure, such as 
relative total shareholder return (TSR), however, it was decided such measures were not appropriate for Crown. This is 
because there are a limited number of comparable companies within any sizeable ASX comparator group and many of 
the larger companies listed on ASX bear little resemblance to Crown (e.g. financial institutions and resource companies). 
As the results and share prices of such companies can be expected to move in line with different economic factors (such 
as credit conditions and global resource market conditions) the Crown Board considered it to be inappropriate to base 
Crown executives’ long term rewards on factors over which Crown executives have little influence.

In addition, the complexity of TSR and other relative measures (to accommodate changes in the comparator group, restructurings 
and capital management initiatives) can, in some cases, cause them to be of limited value in motivating executives to individually 
and collectively deliver outstanding performance. It is difficult for executives to equate their individual performance and efforts 
to the performance of Crown’s share price relative to unrelated and incomparable companies.

Crown acknowledges that its EPS Targets are, to a large degree, an internal measure. However, Crown has disclosed 
in this Report its historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles as well as actual EPS, so that shareholders are able to see the 
“stretch” nature of these targets.

How bonuses accrue

If an EPS Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of the potential 
maximum bonus (Maximum Bonus) which may be achieved under the Crown LTI in accordance with the following table:

Plan Year

Plan Year 1

Plan Year 2

Plan Year 3

Plan Year 4

Percentage

15%

20%

25%

40%

Bonuses are only ultimately paid at the end of financial year 2014 either by way of the transfer of shares acquired under 
the Crown LTI or the payment of cash. See further below.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

63

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Effect of achieving an EPS Hurdle

If an EPS Hurdle is met in respect of a Plan Year, the Crown LTI provides that Crown will calculate the dollar value of the bonus 
in respect of the relevant Plan Year (Plan Year Bonus) by multiplying the Maximum Bonus for the Participant by the relevant 
percentage applicable to that Plan Year (as set out in the table above).

If the Plan Year is Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3, Crown will pay the Plan Year Bonus earned by the Participant 
to the nominated Trustee and instruct the Trustee to apply that Plan Year Bonus to acquire Crown shares on market 
(Participant Shares), to be held on trust for the benefit of the Participant until the end of Plan Year 4 at which time the shares 
will be transferred to the Participant.

If the Plan Year is Plan Year 4, Crown will pay the Plan Year 4 Plan Year Bonus to the Participant in cash. Crown will also 
advise the Trustee, who will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant. The Plan Year 
4 Plan Year Bonus is paid in cash because the Participant will be required to pay tax on the Bonus at this time.

Effect of not achieving one or more EPS Hurdles

If an EPS Hurdle is not met, the Crown LTI provides as follows:

•  if an EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 1, Plan Year 2 or Plan Year 3 is not met, Crown will calculate the Plan Year 

Bonus which would have been applied to the purchase of Participant Shares had the relevant EPS Hurdle been met 
(Carried Over Plan Year Bonus);

•  if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is met:

–  the Plan Year 4 Bonus will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash;
–  the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant; and
–  if the sum of the EPS Targets for financial year 2011, financial year 2012, financial year 2013 and financial year 2014 
(Cumulative EPS Hurdle) has also been met, any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will also be paid to the relevant 
Participant in cash. The Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses (if any) are paid in cash because the Participant will be required 
to pay tax on these Bonuses at this time.

•  if the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 is not met but both the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle (i.e. 98% of the Plan 

Year 4 EPS Target) and the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met:
–  the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant in cash;
–  any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and
–  the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

•  if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Fallback Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle are met but the Cumulative 

EPS Hurdle is met:
–  the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant;
–  any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will be paid to the relevant Participant in cash; and
–  the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

•  if neither the EPS Hurdle in respect of Plan Year 4 nor the Cumulative EPS Hurdle are met (whether or not the Fallback 

Plan Year 4 EPS Hurdle is met):
–  the Plan Year Bonus in respect of Plan Year 4 will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant;
–  any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses will lapse and will not be paid by Crown to the relevant Participant; and
–  the Trustee will arrange for any shares held in trust to be transferred to the relevant Participant.

64

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Illustration

The following is an illustration of a range of outcomes which might have been achieved by a Participant under the Crown 
LTI. It does not include every permutation or combination of outcomes which the Crown LTI was designed to achieve.

Key:  (cid:57) = Achieved  (cid:56) = Not achieved.

Year 1
EPS Hurdle Met?
15%

Year 2
EPS Hurdle Met?
20%

Year 3
EPS Hurdle Met?
25%

Year 4
EPS Hurdle Met?
40%

Fallback Year 4
EPS Hurdle Met?
40%

Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash

(cid:57)
60% shares
40% cash

(cid:57)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:57)
35% shares
65% cash

(cid:57)
35% shares
25% cash

(cid:57)
15% shares
85% cash

(cid:57)
15% shares
45% cash

(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
60% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
35% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
15% shares
No cash

(cid:56)
No shares
No cash

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based 
on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash 
and share proportions.

What happens to dividends earned on Crown shares acquired under the Crown LTI

All dividends received on shares held in trust are passed through to the Participant. All bonuses earned in the final year 
of the Crown LTI (including any Carried Over Plan Year Bonuses) will be paid in cash and so no dividends are earned 
or passed through to executives in respect of these bonuses.

What happens if an executive’s employment with Crown ceases

If a Participant’s employment with Crown ceases, then the Participant would not be entitled to any part of his or her Crown 
LTI bonus, except for where the Participant’s employment has been terminated by Crown without cause, in which case the 
Participant will be entitled to any tranche (in the form of shares held on trust) which has vested prior to the date of termination.

The shares will only be transferred to the Participant after the end of financial year 2014, in accordance with the terms 
of the Crown LTI.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

65

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

How EPS Hurdles can be amended

In the event that corporate control events or capital reconstruction events impact the achievement of EPS Hurdles, then 
the Crown Board has discretion to amend the EPS Hurdles in such a way that does not materially disadvantage Participants.

The Crown Board retains general power to amend the rules of the Crown LTI from time to time.

How the Crown LTI ameliorates issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting

The key features of the Crown LTI are that:

•  the EPS Hurdles for Plan Years 1, 2 and 3 are set at 98% of the EPS Targets in the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan; and

•  if at the end of financial year 2014, on a cumulative basis, the EPS Hurdles over all four years are met, then any Carried 

Over Plan Year Bonuses will vest and be paid to the relevant senior executive in cash.

Accordingly, when viewed as a whole, the Maximum Bonus under the Crown LTI consists of four separate and individually 
achievable targets, as well as a cumulative target. As a result, there are a range of potential outcomes depending on 
performance against target in each year of the Crown LTI as well as the cumulative result.

This is designed to ameliorate issues with “cliff’s edge” vesting, by giving participants a “second chance” to have a tranche 
paid when an individual EPS Hurdle is not met.

Disclosure of prospective EPS Targets and historical EPS Targets

The disclosure of prospective EPS Targets would have the consequence of providing the market and Crown’s competitors 
with Crown’s forecasted financial targets. It has been Crown’s longstanding practice not to disclose prospective financial 
information and financial forecasts. Accordingly, Crown will not publicly disclose prospective EPS Targets.

Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles and performance 
against those historical EPS Hurdles.

Set out below are the EPS Targets and EPS Hurdles which applied for financial years 2011, 2012 and 2013 together with 
Crown’s actual EPS for financial years 2011, 2012 and 2013.

EPS Target 
(2011 Four 
Year Financial 
Plan)

EPS Target 
Growth (2011 
Four Year 
Financial Plan)

FY11

FY12

FY13

44.1 cents

48.7 cents

58.9 cents

N/A

10.4%

20.9%

Actual EPS 
(excludes MCE 
and significant 
items)

42.3 cents

43.9 cents

44.0 cents

EPS Hurdle 
(Crown LTI)*

43.2 cents

47.7 cents

57.7 cents

Growth (from 
previous year)

Tranche 
Vested?

(3.0%)

3.7%

0.2%

No

No

No

* 

In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the EPS Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan EPS Target.

All references in the above table to “EPS” exclude the contribution made by MCE.

In addition, under the Plan Rules for the Crown LTI, EPS for the purposes of measuring performance against EPS Hurdles 
excludes significant items. Accordingly, the mark-to-market loss on the sale of Crown’s investment in Echo Entertainment 
Group Limited (which was accounted for as a significant item) did not impact the calculation of Crown’s performance 
against the 2013 EPS Hurdles. The Crown Nomination and Remuneration Committee conducts an annual review of EPS 
Hurdles to consider whether the Board should exercise its discretion to adjust the EPS Hurdles. In financial year 2013, the 
Committee determined that the exercise of its discretion was not warranted. A final assessment will be conducted by the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee at the conclusion of the term of the Crown LTI in financial year 2014.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

66

 
Given that the financial year 2011, 2012 and 2013 EPS Hurdles were not met, participants have lost the opportunity to acquire 
shares under the Crown LTI.

The range of outcomes available to a Participant are now reduced.

Set out below is an illustration of future outcomes (recognising that the financial year 2011, 2012 and 2013 EPS Hurdles 
were not met).

Year 1
EPS Hurdle Met?
15%

Year 2
EPS Hurdle Met?
20%

Year 3
EPS Hurdle Met?
25%

Year 4
EPS Hurdle Met?
40%

Fallback Year 4
EPS Hurdle Met?
40%

Cumulative EPS Hurdle Met?

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:56)

(cid:57)

(cid:57)
No shares
100% cash

(cid:56)
No shares
40% cash

(cid:56)
No shares
No cash

Note: the percentage allocations between cash and shares are based on the Maximum Bonus, with the share component being valued based 
on the value of Crown shares at the time of acquisition. Subsequent movements in the price of Crown shares may result in changes to the cash 
and share proportions.

MCE Contribution Bonus

At the commencement of the Crown LTI, the Crown Board considered it of high importance to the Crown group that MCE 
achieve the MCE “Contribution” targets in Crown’s Four Year Financial Plan and that certain executives who played a key 
role in Crown’s relationship with MCE be provided with an extra incentive to ensure this goal was achieved. Mr Craigie 
and Mr Nisbet are Crown nominees on the MCE Board and Mr Barton works with the MCE Chief Financial Officer in 
providing assistance on MCE financial matters.

Accordingly, in the case of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet, part of the Maximum Bonus to which they are eligible (the 
MCE Contribution Bonus) is dependent on MCE achieving certain MCE Contribution hurdles (MCE Contribution Hurdles).

Mr Craigie’s maximum potential MCE Contribution Bonus is approximately 15% of his Maximum Bonus. For Mr Barton, 
it is approximately 11% and for Mr Nisbet it is approximately 17%.

The MCE Contribution Hurdles are derived from the MCE Contribution targets in Crown’s 2011 Four Year Financial Plan 
(MCE Contribution Targets). MCE Contribution is defined as Crown’s percentage interest in MCE from time to time, multiplied 
by the normalised net profit after tax of MCE.

If an MCE Contribution Hurdle is achieved in respect of a Plan Year, a Participant will become entitled to a portion of their 
potential Maximum Bonus. The rules on the effect of achieving or not achieving MCE Contribution Hurdles are the same 
as for the EPS Bonus.

The MCE Contribution Bonus is independent of the portion of the bonus which is referable to meeting the EPS Hurdles 
(EPS Bonus). Accordingly, Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may achieve some or all of their entitlement to the MCE 
Contribution Bonus without achieving any part of the EPS Bonus and the converse also applies.

Disclosure of MCE Contribution Targets

For the same reasons set out above, Crown elects not to publicly disclose prospective MCE Contribution Targets.

Such concerns, however, are not as significant in relation to historical MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution 
Hurdles and performance against those historical MCE Contribution Hurdles.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

67

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Set out below are the MCE Contribution Targets and MCE Contribution Hurdles for financial years 2011, 2012 and 2013 
and MCE’s actual Contribution for financial years 2011, 2012 and 2013.

MCE 
Contribution 
Target (2011 
Four Year 
Financial Plan)

MCE 
Contribution 
Target Growth 
(2011 Four Year 
Financial Plan)

MCE 
Contribution 
Hurdle*

Actual MCE 
Contribution

Actual MCE 
Contribution 
Growth

Tranche 
Vested?

FY11

FY12

FY13

(US$30.9 million)

N/A

(US$31.5 million)

US$20.4 million

US$37.2 million

220.4%

US$36.5 million

US$95.0 million

US$86.3 million

132.0%

US$84.6 million

US$156.0 million

154.7%

365.7%

64.2%

Yes

Yes

Yes

* 

In financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013, the MCE Contribution Hurdle is 98% of the 2011 Four Year Financial Plan 
MCE Contribution Target.

Given that the financial year 2011, financial year 2012 and financial year 2013 MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, 
participants will become entitled to the maximum proportion of shares as part of the MCE Contribution Bonus portion 
of the Crown LTI.

Details of Participation of Senior Executives in Crown LTI

Of the Senior Executives named in this Report, five participate in the Crown LTI. Details of potential Crown LTI cash 
bonuses are as follows:

Senior Executive

Ken Barton

Rowen Craigie

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins*

Todd Nisbet

Maximum 
Value over 
four year 
period

30 June 2011 
(15%)

30 June 2012 
(20%)

30 June 2013 
(25%)

30 June 2014 
(40%)

$4,500,000

$675,000

$900,000

$1,125,000

$1,800,000

$12,300,000

$1,845,000

$2,460,000

$3,075,000

$4,920,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$5,250,000

$540,000

$271,500

$787,500

$720,000

$642,000

$900,000

$802,500

$1,440,000

N/A

$1,050,000

$1,312,500

$2,100,000

*  As a result of a senior management restructure, Mr Hawkins’ position was made redundant effective 1 August 2013 and Mr Hawkins has agreed 
to leave the group. As no tranche of Mr Hawkins’ Crown LTI Bonus has been paid, with no shares held in trust, Mr Hawkins is not entitled to any 
part of his Crown LTI Bonus.

  Mr Hawkins’ commencement date with Crown Melbourne Limited was 6 December 2010. Accordingly, his first year entitlement to an EPS Bonus 
has been reduced on a pro rata basis to approximately seven months of participation in the Crown LTI. Had Mr Hawkins been a participant from 
1 July 2010, his Maximum Value over the four year period would have been $3,210,000. The entitlements for 30 June 2012, 30 June 2013 and 
30 June 2014 have been determined by reference to that Maximum Value. On account of the pro rata reduction, the total possible EPS Bonus 
which Mr Hawkins would have been able to achieve was $3,000,000.

As noted in the tables above:

•  in financial year 2011, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2011 

have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2011 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement 
to 15% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested;

•  in financial year 2012, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2012 

have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2012 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement 
to 20% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested; and

•  in financial year 2013, Crown did not meet the relevant EPS Hurdle and accordingly, EPS Bonuses for financial year 2013 

have not vested. The MCE Contribution Hurdle for financial year 2013 was, however, achieved. Accordingly, an entitlement 
to 25% of their potential MCE Contribution Bonus for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet has vested.

Set out below are the vested bonus amounts for the above participants in respect of financial years 2011, 2012 and 2013 
associated with the MCE Contribution Hurdle:

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

68

 
 
Senior Executive

Ken Barton

Rowen Craigie

Barry Felstead

Greg Hawkins

Todd Nisbet

Maximum Bonus 
over four 
year period

Vested in relation to 
the financial year 
ended 30 June 2011

Vested in relation to 
the financial year 
ended 30 June 2012

Vested in relation to 
the financial year 
ended 30 June 2013

$4,500,000

$12,300,000

$3,600,000

$3,000,000

$5,250,000

$75,000

$270,000

Nil

Nil

$100,000

$360,000

Nil

Nil

$125,000

$450,000

Nil

Nil

$135,000

$180,000

$225,000

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

In accordance with the rules of the Crown LTI, the vested component of the cash bonus for financial years 2011 and 2012 
has been (and in the case of financial year 2013 will be) applied by Crown to fund the purchase of Crown shares on market, 
which are to be held on trust for each of Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet until the end of financial year 2014.

Details of shares held on trust for Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet are set out below:

Senior Executive

Shares Acquired with FY11 Bonus1

Shares Acquired with FY12 Bonus2

Ken Barton

Rowen Craigie

Todd Nisbet

1.  Shares acquired for an average price of $7.65 per share.

2.  Shares acquired for an average price of $9.24 per share.

9,782

35,217

17,608

10,799

38,875

19,438

As at the date of this report, no shares had yet been acquired with the Bonus for financial year 2013.

Relationship between policy and company performance

As detailed above in the sections on Fixed Remuneration, STI and the Crown LTI, various elements of Crown’s remuneration 
policy are linked to company performance, in particular, the achievement of Crown’s Board approved Annual Budget and 
Business Plan (in the case of STI) and Crown’s Board approved Four Year Financial Plan (in the case of the Crown LTI).

The Crown Board has sought to achieve this link by requiring the achievement of an annual level of normalised EBITDA 
and net profit after tax (in the case of STI) or predetermined EPS Targets and the achievement of MCE Contribution Targets 
(in the case of the Crown LTI).

Full details of how these links have been achieved are set out in the sections of the Report above, but, in summary:

•  An STI may be payable if Crown achieves its budgeted financial objectives and where an individual achieves his or her 

annual KPOs, assessed using a combination of financial and non-financial measures;

•  The Crown LTI may be payable where Crown achieves predetermined EPS Hurdles in financial year 2011, financial year 

2012, financial year 2013 and financial year 2014; and

•  A component of the Crown LTI may be payable to key senior executives involved in managing the performance of MCE, 

where MCE has achieved predetermined MCE Contribution Targets.

This year, normalised EBITDA generated by Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth, Crown’s wholly owned Australian casinos, 
grew by 6.9%. The compound average normalised EBITDA growth for Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth for the five year 
period commencing from financial year 2008 through to financial year 2013 was 4.6%. Normalised Crown group NPAT grew 
by 14.0% in financial year 2013. The compound average normalised NPAT growth for the Crown group for the five year period 
commencing from financial year 2008 through to financial year 2013 was 5.0%.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

69

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

The table and graph below set out information about movements in shareholder wealth for the years ended 30 June 2009 
to 30 June 2013.

Year ended 
30 June 2009

Year ended 
30 June 2010

Year Ended 
30 June 2011

Year Ended 
30 June 2012

Year Ended 
30 June 2013

Share price at start of period

Share price at end of period

$9.29

$7.27

$7.27

$7.77

$7.77

$8.93

$8.93

$8.49

Full year dividend

37 cents1

37 cents1

37 cents2

37 cents3

Basic/diluted earnings per share4

33.74 cps

38.54 cps

44.29 cps

69.78 cps

$8.49

$12.11

37 cents3

67.40 cps

$16.00

$14.00

$12.00

$10.00

$8.00

$6.00

$4.00

$2.00

$0.00

d
o
i
r
e
p

f

o
d
n
e

t
a

e
c
i
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

Year ended 
30 June 2009

Year ended 
30 June 2010

Year ended 
30 June 2011

Year ended 
30 June 2012

Year ended 
30 June 2013

Basic/diluted earnings per share4

Share price at end of period

e
r
a
h
s

i

r
e
p
s
g
n
n
r
a
e
d
e
t
u

l
i

i

d
/
c
s
a
B

$0.80

$0.70

$0.60

$0.50

$0.40

$0.30

$0.20

$0.10

$0.00

Notes:

1.  Franked to 60% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.

2.  Interim dividend franked to 60% and final dividend franked to 50% with none of the unfranked components comprising conduit foreign income.

3.  Franked to 50% with none of the unfranked component comprising conduit foreign income.

4.  Excluding the effect of discontinued operations and significant items.

Policy on entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic risk

Directors and Senior Executives are prohibited from entering into transactions in associated products which limit economic 
risk. This policy is further described in the Corporate Governance Statement.

Remuneration Details for Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors are entitled to a base fee of $100,000 per annum for acting as a Director of Crown.

Non-Executive Directors acting on the Board of Crown Melbourne Limited are entitled to receive a further fee of $60,000 
per annum.

Non-Executive Directors of Crown are entitled to additional fees if they act as either chair or a member of an active 
Committee (the Audit & Corporate Governance Committee, the Occupational Health, Safety & Environment Committee, 
the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Risk Management Committee):

•  $20,000 per annum for acting as Chair of an active Board Committee; or

•  $10,000 per annum for acting as a member of an active Board Committee.

All Directors are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.

In accordance with Crown’s constitution, Non-Executive Directors’ fees are currently determined within an aggregate 
Non-Executive Directors’ fee cap of $1,300,000 per annum.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Set out below is a table showing Non Executive Director remuneration for financial years 2013 and 2012.

Remuneration Table – Non-Executive Directors

Short Term Benefits

Financial 
Year

Salary & 
Fees

Non 
Monetary

Other

Post-
employment 
Benefit –
 Superannuation

Long Term Incentives

Cash 
Based

Equity 
Based

Termina-
tion 
Benefits

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

 120,000 

 120,000 

 100,000 

 58,333 

 110,000 

 110,000 

 210,000 

 210,000 

 140,000 

 140,000 

 190,000 

 190,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 101,750 

 77,000 

 971,750 

 905,333 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 10,800 

 10,800 

 9,000 

 5,250 

 9,900 

 9,900 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 8,250 

 42,900 

 54,420 

 84,625 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Total

 130,800 

 130,800 

 109,000 

 63,583 

 119,900 

 119,900 

 210,000 

 210,000 

 140,000 

 140,000 

 206,470 

 205,775 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 110,000 

 119,900 

 1,026,170 

 989,958 

Ben Brazil 
Non-Executive Director

Helen Coonan1 
Non-Executive Director

Christopher Corrigan
Non-Executive Director

Rowena Danziger2
Non-Executive Director

Geoffrey Dixon 
Non-Executive Director

John Horvath2
Non-Executive Director

Ashok Jacob3
Non-Executive Director

Michael Johnston3
Non-Executive Director

Harold Mitchell
Non-Executive Director

2013 TOTALS

2012 TOTALS

Notes:

1.  Ms Coonan was appointed on 2 December 2011.

2.  Mrs Danziger and Professor Horvath each received Directors’ fees at a rate of $60,000 per annum for their participation on the 

Crown Melbourne Limited Board.

3.  Neither Mr Jacob nor Mr Johnston receives remuneration for their services to Crown.

Remuneration details for Senior Executives
Senior Executives

Senior Executives are employed under service agreements with Crown or a subsidiary of Crown. Common features 
to these service agreements include (unless noted otherwise):

•  an annual review of the executive’s fixed remuneration, with any increases requiring approval of the Chief Executive 

Officer and Managing Director and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and dependent on Crown’s financial 
performance, the individual’s KPO performance and market changes;

•  competitive performance based incentive payments annually and in the long term, dependent upon Crown achieving 

its objectives and the Senior Executive achieving his or her KPOs;

•  a provision that Crown may ask the executive to act as a Director of a member or associate of the Crown group for no 

additional remuneration;

•  a prohibition from gambling at any property within the Crown group during the term of employment and for three months 

following termination and a requirement that the executive maintains licences required and issued by relevant regulatory 
authorities (such as the Victorian Commission for Gambling and Liquor Regulation and the Western Australian Gaming 
and Wagering Commission);

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

71

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  where post-employment restraints apply, a restraint covering, amongst other things, competitive activities to those 

of the Crown group. Restraint periods vary and have been noted in each instance;

•  where an employment agreement is terminated by Crown, a provision that notice may be given in writing or payment 

may be made (wholly or partly) in lieu of notice;

•  a provision that all contracts may be terminated without notice by Crown for serious misconduct; and

•  all Senior Executives are entitled to complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne and Crown Perth facilities.

Specific details of each Senior Executive’s contract of employment which applied during the financial year ending 30 June 2013 
are summarised in the tables on the following pages. Where a Senior Executive has had more than one contract of employment 
during the year, or where a new contract of employment has been entered into post year end, this has been noted in 
those tables.

Summary of New or Amended Contracts of Employment

Senior Executive

Date of new or amended 
employment agreement

Key features/changes from previous contract

John H Alexander

Extension and variation of 
employment agreement entered 
into on 13 September 2013.

Mr Alexander’s extended and varied contract of employment 
has no fixed term and may be terminated by Mr Alexander 
on 12 months’ notice or by Crown on 12 months’ notice.

Mr Alexander is no longer entitled to an annual increase in 
remuneration based on CPI.

Mr Alexander’s post-employment restraint will apply for periods 
of up to 12 months.

Barry J Felstead

New employment agreement 
entered into on 1 August 
2013.

Mr Felstead is now employed by Crown Limited in the role of 
Chief Executive Officer – Australian Resorts and Chief Executive 
Officer – VIP International.

Commensurate with his new role, Mr Felstead’s total fixed 
remuneration per annum has been increased to $2,100,000, 
with an annual review at the discretion of Crown.

A travel allowance of up to $50,000 per annum applies.

Mr Felstead’s employment agreement has no fixed term 
and may be terminated by Mr Felstead on 12 months’ notice 
or by Crown on 12 months’ notice.

Mr Felstead’s post-employment restraint will apply for periods 
of up to 12 months.

Mr Felstead’s short term incentive target percentage remains 
at 40%.

72

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Summary of Contracts of Employment Applicable During the Year Ended 30 June 2013

James D Packer

John H Alexander

Current Position

Chairman

Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:

Nil.

The Chairman, Mr Packer does not receive 
any remuneration for his services to Crown. 
Mr Packer acts as a Director of Melco Crown 
Entertainment Ltd, a company in which Crown 
has a significant investment. Mr Packer does 
not receive a fee from Crown for these services.

Executive Deputy Chairman (commenced 
1 December 2007):
Mr Alexander’s employment with 
Crown Limited continued on the terms 
set out in his employment agreement. 
That employment agreement was 
extended and amended by agreement 
dated 13 September 2013. The following 
summarises the terms of Mr Alexander’s 
employment agreement, with key changes 
between that employment agreement and 
his amended and restated employment 
agreement summarised above.

$1,483,530 per annum

Superannuation

Nil

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Non-monetary benefits and other:

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities and superannuation.

Performance based 
remuneration

2013 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Fixed remuneration1
100%

STI
0%

LTI
0%

Post-employment benefits

Not applicable

Nil

Post-employment restraint

Not applicable

Termination

By Senior Executive:

By Crown:

Termination benefits

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Directors’ Fees

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

Crown was entitled to impose a restraint for 
the five year term of Mr Alexander’s employment 
agreement up to 30 November 2012. 

12 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

Nil

Nil

Nil

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

73

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:

Superannuation

Rowen B Craigie

Kenneth M Barton

Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director (commenced 1 December 2007): 
Mr Craigie’s five year employment agreement 
with Crown Limited will expire on 15 
September 2015.

Chief Financial Officer (commenced 
9 March 2010): Mr Barton’s employment 
agreement with Crown Limited commenced 
on 9 March 2010 and expires in March 2015.

$2,983,530 per annum.

$1,333,530 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Non-monetary benefits and other:

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone 
and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor 
vehicle and superannuation.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone 
and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor 
vehicle and superannuation. Until Mr Barton 
relocates to Melbourne, Crown will meet the 
weekly travel costs of his Melbourne/Sydney 
commuting and will provide hotel 
accommodation while in Melbourne.

Performance based remuneration
STI:

A maximum of $1,000,000, assessed by 
the Chairman based on the achievement 
of personal KPOs. A further $1,000,000 may 
be paid at the discretion of the Crown Board 
if Crown’s performance substantially exceeds 
that set out in Crown’s business plan and 
represents an exemplary outcome.

Mr Barton’s annual target STI is $500,000 and 
payment depends on meeting agreed personal 
KPOs. The STI may, at the discretion of the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee, 
be increased to a maximum of $750,000 if 
Mr Barton exceeds his KPOs and Crown also 
achieves its performance objectives.

LTI:

Mr Craigie participates in the Crown LTI. 
See further page 62.

Mr Barton participates in the Crown LTI. 
See further page 62.

2013 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed remuneration1
60%

STI
16%

LTI
24%

Fixed remuneration1
64%

STI
18%

LTI
18%

Post-employment benefits

Nil

Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose a restraint for various 
periods up to 24 months.

Nil

Nil

Termination
By Senior Executive:

By Crown:

Termination benefits

12 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues (following least 
three months’ notice to improve); three 
months’ notice for incapacity.

6 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues (following least 
3 months’ notice to improve); 3 months’ notice 
for incapacity.

Nil

Subject to the receipt of shareholder 
approval, Mr Craigie will be entitled to 
receive a severance payment equal to 
24 months’ fixed remuneration in the event 
of early termination of his employment 
by Crown. The imposition of Mr Craigie’s 
post-employment restraint is conditional 
upon receipt of his severance payment.

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

A $400,000 sign on payment in 2010 less 
applicable taxes in order to compensate 
Mr Barton for unvested incentives forfeited 
on cessation of employment with his 
previous employer.

Nil

74

 
Current Position

Greg F Hawkins

Barry J Felstead

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Melbourne 
(from 5 December 2011): Mr Hawkins 
commenced the role of Chief Executive Officer 
of Crown Melbourne on 5 December 2011. 
As a result of a senior management restructure, 
Mr Hawkins’ position was made redundant 
effective 1 August 2013 and Mr Hawkins 
has agreed to leave the group.

Chief Executive Officer, Crown Perth (from 
6 March 2007): During FY13, Mr Felstead’s 
employment arrangements were governed 
by an employment agreement entered into on 
24 June 2011 which was to expire in accordance 
with its terms. Mr Felstead entered into a new 
employment agreement on 1 August 2013. 
The key changes between the employment 
agreement which applied during FY13 and 
Mr Felstead’s new employment agreement 
are summarised above.

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:

Superannuation

Non-monetary benefits and other:

Performance based remuneration
STI:

$1,065,030 per annum.

$1,193,530 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone 
and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor 
vehicle and superannuation.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone 
and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor 
vehicle and superannuation. Mr Felstead is 
entitled to one annual economy airfare between 
Perth and Melbourne for himself and his family.

Discretionary STI based on the performance 
of Crown Limited and the achievement of 
personal KPOs. Mr Hawkins’ annual target 
STI is 40% of his TEC.

Discretionary STI based on the performance 
of Crown and the achievement of personal 
KPOs. Mr Felstead’s annual target STI 
is 40% of his TEC.

LTI:

Mr Hawkins participates in the Crown LTI. 
See further page 62.

Mr Felstead participates in the Crown LTI. 
See further page 62.

2013 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed remuneration1
79%

STI
6%

LTI
15%

Fixed remuneration1
65%

STI
21%

LTI
14%

Post-employment benefits

Nil

Nil

Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose various restraint 
periods up to a period of up to 12 months 
post-employment.

Crown may impose various restraint 
periods up to a period of 12 months 
post-employment.

Termination
By Senior Executive:

By Crown:

6 months’ notice.

6 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

Termination benefits

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

Nil

Nil

Nil

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

75

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Current Position

Fixed Remuneration
Base salary:

Superannuation

Non-monetary benefits 
and other:

W. Todd Nisbet

Executive Vice President – Strategy 
and Development (from 9 August 2010): 
Mr Nisbet’s employment agreement with Crown 
Limited is due to expire in November 2014.

$1,933,530 per annum.

Compulsory Superannuation Guarantee 
Contributions up to the maximum contribution 
base, equating to $16,470 per annum.

Complimentary privileges at Crown Melbourne 
and Crown Perth facilities, mobile telephone 
and salary sacrifice arrangements for motor 
vehicle and superannuation.

Mr Nisbet is entitled to Relocation Benefits to 
assist with the relocation of him and his family 
from Nevada, USA to Melbourne.

During Mr Nisbet’s employment with Crown, 
he will also be entitled to additional customary 
expatriate benefits for himself and his family.

Upon cessation of employment Mr Nisbet will 
be entitled to relocation benefits for him and 
his family to Las Vegas.

Performance based remuneration
STI: 

Discretionary STI based on the performance 
of Crown and the achievement of personal 
KPOs. Mr Nisbet’s annual target STI is 50% 
of his base salary.

LTI: 

Mr Nisbet participates in the Crown LTI. See 
further page 62.

2013 Percentage breakdown 
of remuneration

Fixed remuneration1
60%

STI
26%

LTI
14%

Post-employment benefits

Nil

Post-employment restraint

Crown may impose various restraint periods 
up to a period of up to 12 months 
post-employment.

Termination
By Senior Executive:

By Crown:

6 months’ notice.

12 months’ notice without cause; one month’s 
notice for performance issues; three months’ 
notice due to incapacity.

Termination benefits

Payments made prior to 
commencement

Directors’ Fees

Nil

Nil

Nil

1.  Includes voluntary and compulsory superannuation.

76

 
R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

Remuneration table for Senior Executives

The structure of senior executive remuneration has been described in detail in this Report, both generically and specifically 
in relation to each named Senior Executive. In addition, a table summarising all remuneration to be attributed to each 
Senior Executive for the financial years ending 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 is set out below. Accounting Standards 
are prescriptive in relation to the required presentation of remuneration tables. Accordingly, as an aid to understanding, 
the following additional information should be read in conjunction with the table set out below.

Fixed Remuneration

Neither of Mr Alexander nor Mr Craigie received an increase to their fixed remuneration in financial year 2013 as compared 
with financial year 2012.

Mr Barton and Mr Hawkins received increases to their fixed remuneration of 3.8% and 3.0% respectively in financial year 
2013 as compared with financial year 2012. Mr Nisbet and Mr Felstead received increases to their fixed remuneration 
of 24% and 18% respectively, reflecting the increased scope of their responsibilities.

Short Term Incentives (STI)

In financial year 2013, the Group’s financial performance objectives were only met in part. Crown Perth met its financial 
performance objectives for its non-VIP businesses. Although Crown Melbourne’s financial performance objectives were not 
met, Crown Melbourne achieved 7% year on year normalised EBITDA growth on the back of significant margin improvement. 
Crown Limited achieved its normalised NPAT budget, largely as a result of the performance of MCE’s businesses in Macau. 
However, some important non-financial objectives were achieved, including successfully moving to Stage Three of the 
New South Wales Unsolicited Proposal process for the proposed Crown Sydney Hotel Resort, solid performance in the 
Group’s international businesses and successful bank refinancing and debt capital market projects. Accordingly, STI bonuses 
were reduced by 20% at Crown Perth, by 80% at Crown Melbourne and by 20% at Crown Limited. Mr Craigie, Mr Barton, 
Mr Felstead and Mr Hawkins received STI bonuses in accordance with the above. Mr Craigie received 80% of his target STI 
bonus of $1 million and did not receive any part of his further “discretionary bonus” of $1 million for exceptional performance.

In the case of Mr Nisbet, he received a discretionary STI bonus based on the achievement of additional significant non-
financial performance objectives including the successful completion of major capital expenditure projects, design of the 
proposed Crown Sydney Hotel Resort and supporting MCE with the Philippines project.

Long Term Incentives (LTI)

As summarised earlier, Senior Executives participate in the Crown LTI.

In accordance with relevant accounting standards, the Crown LTI is included in the remuneration for each Senior Executive 
on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report that the performance condition 
and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest for the 
Senior Executives at a different rate. During the 2013 financial year, Crown reassessed the total potential LTI payments 
and amended its provisioning accordingly. The total expected LTI payments will continue to be expensed on a straight line 
basis over the period of the Plan. Accordingly, 25% of the total expected Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive 
is potentially eligible will be included in the remuneration table for each of the four active years of the plan, regardless of 
whether a bonus has vested or not.

As explained earlier, the first, second and third tranches of the Crown LTI represents 15%, 20% and 25% (respectively) 
of the total Crown LTI bonus for which each Senior Executive is eligible. The EPS Hurdle of the Crown LTI for financial 
years 2011, and 2012 and 2013 were not met, but the MCE Contribution Hurdles were met, resulting in 15%, 20% and 25% 
(respectively) of the MCE Contribution Bonus of the Crown LTI for eligible Senior Executives vesting. Detail of the actual 
sums vested to relevant Senior Executives has been provided earlier.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

77

 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Short Term Benefi ts

Financial
Year

Salary &
Fees

Non
Monetary

Other

STI

% of
max STI

Post-
employment 
Benefi ts –
Super-
annuation4

Long Term Incentives

Equity
Based –
Crown LTI5

Termina-
tion
Benefi ts

 Cash
Based

James Packer
Chairman

John Alexander
Executive Deputy Chairman

Ken Barton
Chief Financial Offi cer

Rowen Craigie
Chief Executive Offi cer 
& Managing Director

Barry Felstead4
Chief Executive Offi cer 
Crown Perth

Greg Hawkins4
Chief Executive Offi cer 
Crown Melbourne Limited

Todd Nisbet1
Executive Vice President 
– Strategy & Development

2013 TOTALS

2012 TOTALS

Notes:

2013

2012

 – 

 – 

2013  1,483,530 

2012  1,484,225 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2013  1,333,530 

 45,522 

2012  1,284,225 

 56,753 

2013  2,983,530 

2012  2,984,225 

2013  1,193,530 

2012  1,014,225 

2013  1,065,030 

2012

 970,588 

2013  1,933,530 

2012  1,560,025 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

400,000

 550,000 

800,000

 800,000 

390,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

80%

110%

80%

80%

80% 

 650,000 

158%

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

86,500

 84,000 

 248,675 

975,000

 240,876 

 985,000 

20%

20%

100%

125%

 9,992,680 

 45,522 

 248,675  2,651,500 

 9,297,513 

 56,753 

 240,876   3,069,000 

 – 

 – 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 16,470 

 15,775 

 98,820 

 94,650 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 405,000 

 –   1,125,000 

 –   1,185,000 

 –   3,075,000 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 252,000 

 900,000 

 210,000 

 750,000 

 529,500 

 –   1,312,500 

 –   2,581,500 

 –   7,162,500 

Total 

 – 

 – 

 1,500,000 

 1,500,000 

 2,200,522 

 3,031,753 

4,985,000 

 6,875,000 

 1,852,000 

 2,580,000 

 1,378,000 

 1,820,363 

 3,703,175 

 4,114,176 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 15,618,697 

 – 

 19,921,292 

1.  Refer to the summary of Mr Nisbet’s contract of employment for a description of the short term benefits to which Mr Nisbet is entitled.

2.  Long service leave accrued balances have increased during the financial year ended 30 June 2013 for the following Senior Executives: 

Mr Alexander $25,000, Mr Barton $24,430, Mr Craigie $50,000, Mr Felstead $75,010, Mr Hawkins $22,426, Mr Nisbet $44,325.

3.  The Crown LTI has been included in total remuneration on the basis that it is considered more likely than not at the date of this financial report 
that the performance condition and service condition will occur evenly over the life of the Crown LTI, notwithstanding that the benefits will vest 
for the Senior Executives at a different rate. During the 2013 financial year, Crown reassessed the total potential LTI payments and amended 
its provisioning accordingly. Detail of the actual sums vested to relevant Senior Executives has been provided earlier.

4.  As a result of a senior management restructure, Mr Hawkins’ position was made redundant effective 1 August 2013 and Mr Hawkins has agreed 
to leave the group. As no tranche of Mr Hawkins’ Crown LTI Bonus has been paid, with no shares held in trust, Mr Hawkins is not entitled to 
any part of his Crown LTI Bonus. With effect from 1 August 2013, Mr Felstead is now employed by Crown Limited in the role of Chief Executive 
Officer – Australian Resorts and Chief Executive Officer – VIP International.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

J D Packer 
Director   

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 18th day of September, 2013

R
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
R
e
p
o
r
t

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration

(cid:19)(cid:45)(cid:42)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:1)(cid:2)(cid:1)(cid:30)(cid:43)(cid:48)(cid:42)(cid:37)(cid:1)
(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:50)(cid:38)(cid:39)(cid:32)(cid:39)(cid:47)(cid:39)(cid:43)(cid:42)(cid:1)(cid:27)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:35)(cid:35)(cid:47)(cid:1)(cid:1)
(cid:24)(cid:35)(cid:40)(cid:32)(cid:43)(cid:48)(cid:45)(cid:42)(cid:35)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:29)(cid:22)(cid:18)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:6)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:16)(cid:48)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:31)(cid:40)(cid:39)(cid:31)(cid:1)
(cid:21)(cid:26)(cid:25)(cid:1)(cid:17)(cid:43)(cid:50)(cid:1)(cid:11)(cid:12)(cid:1)(cid:24)(cid:35)(cid:40)(cid:32)(cid:43)(cid:48)(cid:45)(cid:42)(cid:35)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:29)(cid:22)(cid:18)(cid:1)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:6)(cid:6)(cid:7)(cid:1)
(cid:1)

(cid:1)

(cid:28)(cid:35)(cid:40)(cid:15)(cid:1)(cid:3)(cid:11)(cid:7)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:1)(cid:14)(cid:8)(cid:13)(cid:13)(cid:1)(cid:13)(cid:6)(cid:6)(cid:6)(cid:1)
(cid:20)(cid:31)(cid:50)(cid:15)(cid:1)(cid:3)(cid:11)(cid:7)(cid:1)(cid:9)(cid:1)(cid:13)(cid:11)(cid:10)(cid:6)(cid:1)(cid:12)(cid:12)(cid:12)(cid:12)(cid:1)
(cid:35)(cid:51)(cid:4)(cid:33)(cid:43)(cid:41)(cid:5)(cid:31)(cid:48)(cid:1)

(cid:1)

(cid:1)

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the Directors of Crown Limited 

In relation to our audit of the financial report of Crown Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2013, to 
the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 or any applicable code of professional conduct. 

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
c
e
D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

l

Ernst & Young 

David McGregor 
Partner 
18 September 2013 
(cid:1)

(cid:16)(cid:1)(cid:41)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:32)(cid:35)(cid:45)(cid:1)(cid:36)(cid:39)(cid:45)(cid:41)(cid:1)(cid:43)(cid:36)(cid:1)(cid:19)(cid:45)(cid:42)(cid:46)(cid:47)(cid:1)(cid:2)(cid:1)(cid:30)(cid:43)(cid:48)(cid:42)(cid:37)(cid:1)(cid:21)(cid:40)(cid:43)(cid:32)(cid:31)(cid:40)(cid:1)(cid:23)(cid:39)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:47)(cid:35)(cid:34)(cid:1)
(cid:23)(cid:39)(cid:31)(cid:32)(cid:39)(cid:40)(cid:39)(cid:47)(cid:51)(cid:1)(cid:40)(cid:39)(cid:41)(cid:39)(cid:47)(cid:35)(cid:34)(cid:1)(cid:32)(cid:51)(cid:1)(cid:31)(cid:1)(cid:46)(cid:33)(cid:38)(cid:35)(cid:41)(cid:35)(cid:1)(cid:31)(cid:44)(cid:44)(cid:45)(cid:43)(cid:49)(cid:35)(cid:34)(cid:1)(cid:48)(cid:42)(cid:34)(cid:35)(cid:45)(cid:1)(cid:26)(cid:45)(cid:43)(cid:36)(cid:35)(cid:46)(cid:46)(cid:39)(cid:43)(cid:42)(cid:31)(cid:40)(cid:1)(cid:27)(cid:47)(cid:31)(cid:42)(cid:34)(cid:31)(cid:45)(cid:34)(cid:46)(cid:1)(cid:23)(cid:35)(cid:37)(cid:39)(cid:46)(cid:40)(cid:31)(cid:47)(cid:39)(cid:43)(cid:42)(cid:1)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT CONTINUED

Independent Auditor’s Report

Ernst & Young 
8 Exhibition Street  
Melbourne  VIC  3000  Australia 
GPO Box 67 Melbourne  VIC  3001 

Tel: +61 3 9288 8000 
Fax: +61 3 8650 7777 
ey.com/au 

Independent auditor's report to the members of Crown Limited 

Report on the financial report 

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Crown Limited, which comprises the statement of 
financial position as at 30 June 2013, the statement of profit or loss, statement of comprehensive income, 
statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year ended on that date, notes comprising a 
summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information, and the directors’ declaration 
of the consolidated entity comprising the company and the entities it controlled at the year-end or from time 
to time during the financial-year. 

Directors' Responsibility for the financial report 

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and 
fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 and for such 
internal controls that the directors determine are necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report 
that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1(b), the directors also state, 
in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that the financial 
statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor's responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our 
audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply with 
relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the 
risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk 
assessments, the auditor considers internal controls relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation 
of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not 
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal controls. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
audit opinion. 

Independence 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001. We have given to the directors of the company a written Auditor’s Independence Declaration, a copy 
of which is included in the Directors’ Report. 

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
(cid:1)
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

A
u
d
i
t
o
r
’
s
R
e
p
o
r
t

(cid:1)
(cid:1)

Opinion 

In our opinion: 

(cid:1)

a.  The financial report of Crown Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

i 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 30 June 2013 
and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

ii 

 complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

b.  The financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in 

Note 1(b). 

 Report on the remuneration report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in the directors' report for the year ended 30 June 
2013. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards. 

Opinion 

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Crown Limited for the year ended 30 June 2013, complies with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Ernst & Young 

David McGregor 
Partner 
Melbourne 
18 September 2013 

(cid:1)
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
(cid:1)
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION CONTINUED

Directors’ Declaration

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors, we declare as follows:

In the opinion of the directors:

1. 

the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2013 and of its performance 

for the year ended on that date; and

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 

Corporations Regulations 2001;

the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 1 
of the Financial Report;

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the consolidated entity will be able to pay its debts as and when they 
become due and payable;

this declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors in accordance 
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ending 30 June 2013; and

2. 

3. 

4. 

5.  as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group 

identified in note 31 of the Financial Report will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may 
become subject, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee.

On behalf of the Board

J D Packer
Director

R B Craigie
Director

Melbourne, 18th day of September, 2013

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’

l

D
e
c
a
r
a
t
i
o
n

82

 
i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Financial Report

84
Statement of 
Profit or Loss

86
Statement of 
Financial Position

88
Statement of 
Changes in Equity

138
Shareholder Information

85
Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

87
Cash Flow Statement

89
Notes to the 
Financial Statements

140
Additional Information

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

83

 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Statement of Profit or Loss

For the year ended 30 June 2013

Revenues

Other income

Expenses

Share of profits of associates and joint venture entities

Profit before income tax and finance costs

Finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Net profit after tax

Note

3

3

3

2,10

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2,894,804

2,808,870

183

426

(2,467,540)

(2,214,766)

147,911

575,358

138,872

733,402

3

(133,446)

(113,584)

441,912

619,818

2,5

(46,125)

(106,493)

395,787

513,325

The above Statement of Profit or Loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS

Diluted EPS

EPS calculation is based on the weighted average number of shares on issue 
throughout the period

Dividends per share

Current year final dividend proposed

Current year interim dividend paid

2013
Cents
per share

2012
Cents
per share

54.34

54.34

69.78

69.78

Note

28

28

4

4

19.00

18.00

19.00

18.00

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

P
r
o
f
i
t
o
r
L
o
s
s

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2013

Net profit after tax

Other Comprehensive Income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Foreign currency translation (1)

Movement in cashflow hedge reserve

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Unrealised gain/(loss) on investments

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

Note

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

395,787

513,325

21

21

21

134,621

17,383

40,385

32,941

204

(328)

152,208

547,995

72,998

586,323

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
o
m
p
r
e
h
e
n
s

i

v
e

I

n
c
o
m
e

(1)  The movement in the foreign currency translation reserve is largely attributable to foreign exchange movements relating to Crown’s equity 

accounted investment in Melco Crown.

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

85

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 June 2013

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

  Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Receivables

  Other financial assets

Investments

Investments in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Licences

  Other intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

  Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Income tax payable

Provisions

  Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

  Other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

  Other financial liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

23

6

7

8

6

8

9

10

11

12

13

5

15

16

17

18

19

16

17

5

18

19

20

20

21

21

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

205,511

257,459

12,639

17,476

1,568

149,353

201,734

11,850

18,693

337

494,653

381,967

126,822

102,867

925

–

89,671

454,338

1,403,037

1,088,744

2,865,462

2,804,379

649,511

204,572

112,212

62,780

656,983

207,772

112,640

62,840

5,514,992

5,490,563

6,009,645

5,872,530

296,581

81,395

53,642

120,262

–

325,731

29,077

100,598

101,977

22,221

551,880

579,604

138

138

1,553,868

1,665,589

202,235

205,605

44,304

4,619

38,183

8,661

1,805,164

1,918,176

2,357,044

2,497,780

3,652,601

3,374,750

446,763

446,763

(1,118)

(480)

450,994

298,786

2,755,962

2,629,681

3,652,601

3,374,750

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

P
o
s

i
t
i
o
n

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2013

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Dividends received

Interest received

Borrowing costs paid

Income tax paid

Note

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2,846,300

2,764,378

(2,130,086)

(2,027,218)

3,328

9,842

4,628

7,124

(138,052)

(122,459)

(95,134)

(55,753)

l

C
a
s
h
F
o
w
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t

Net cash flows from/(used in) operating activities

23b

496,198

570,700

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payment for purchases of investments

Net proceeds from sale of equity investments

Loans to associated entities

  Other (net)

Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Dividends paid

Payment for share buy-back

ESP proceeds received

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

(253,620)

(464,403)

183

461

(66,938)

(261,676)

261,332

(12,644)

2,689

6,632

(27,364)

(3,300)

(68,998)

(749,650)

2,083,708

962,542

(2,191,326)

(347,786)

(269,506)

(272,741)

–

–

(238,057)

39,345

(377,124)

143,303

50,076

(35,647)

149,353

183,699

6,082

1,301

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

23a

205,511

149,353

The above Cash Flow Statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2013

Shares 
Held in 
Trust
$’000

Retained 
Earnings
$’000

Net 
Unrealised 
Gains 
Reserve
$’000

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Reserve
$’000

Ordinary 
Shares
$’000

Cashflow 
Hedge 
Reserve
$’000

Employee 
Benefits 
Reserve
$’000

Total 
Equity
$’000

Year ended 
30 June 2013

Balance at 1 July 2012

446,763

(480) 2,629,681

628,704

(323,419)

(19,509)

13,010

3,374,750

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

395,787

–

–

–

–

204

134,621

17,383

395,787

(269,506)

(638)

–

204

134,621

17,383

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

395,787

152,208

547,995

(269,506)

(638)

446,763

(1,118) 2,755,962

628,908

(188,798)

(2,126)

13,010 3,652,601

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Dividends paid

Shares acquired under 
Long Term Incentive Plan

Balance at 
30 June 2013

Year ended 
30 June 2012

Balance at 1 July 2011

645,475

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income for the period

Dividends paid

–

–

–

–

ESP proceeds received

39,345

Share buy-back

(238,057)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Shares acquired under 
Long Term Incentive Plan

Balance at 
30 June 2012

–

(480)

2,389,097

629,032

(363,804)

(52,450)

13,010 3,260,360

513,325

–

–

–

–

(328)

40,385

32,941

513,325

(272,741)

–

–

–

(328)

40,385

32,941

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

513,325

72,998

586,323

(272,741)

39,345

(238,057)

(480)

446,763

(480) 2,629,681

628,704

(323,419)

(19,509)

13,010

3,374,750

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f

C
h
a
n
g
e
s

i

n
E
q
u
i
t
y

88

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a)  Basis of preparation

This financial report is a general-purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authorative pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board. The financial report has also been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative 
financial instruments and investments that have been measured at fair value and investments in associates accounted 
for using the equity method.

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars ($’000) 
unless otherwise stated under the option available to the Company under ASIC Class Order 98/100. The Company 
is an entity to which the class order applies.

The financial report of Crown Limited and its controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 June 2013 was 
authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 18 September 2013 subject to final approval 
by a subcommittee.

(b)  Statement of compliance

The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The Group has adopted the following accounting standards, which became applicable from 1 July 2012:

–  AASB 2011-9  – Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Presentation of Other Comprehensive Income

The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or performance of the Group during 
the period.

Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective 
and have not been adopted by the Group for the reporting period ending 30 June 2013 are outlined in the table below.

Reference Title

AASB 10 Consolidated Financial 
Statements

Application 
date of 
standard (1)

Impact on Group financial report

Application 
date for 
Group (1)

1 January 2013 AASB 10 establishes a new control model that 

1 July 2013

applies to all entities. It replaces parts of AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
dealing with the accounting for consolidated 
financial statements and UIG-112 Consolidation 
– Special Purpose Entities. Crown does not expect 
any significant impact on the Group.

AASB 11

Joint Arrangements

1 January 2013 AASB 11 replaces AASB 131 Interests in Joint 

1 July 2013

Ventures and UIG-113 Jointly-controlled Entities 
– Non-monetary Contributions by Ventures. 
AASB 11 uses the principle of control in AASB 10 to 
define joint control, and therefore the determination 
of whether joint control exists may change. 
In addition AASB 11 removes the option to account 
for jointly-controlled entities using proportionate 
consolidation. Instead, accounting for a joint 
arrangement is dependent on the nature of the 
rights and obligations arising from the arrangement. 
Crown does not expect any significant impact on 
the Group.

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

89

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies continued
(b)  Statement of compliance continued

N
o
t
e
s

Reference Title

AASB 12

Disclosure of Interests 
in Other Entities

Application 
date of 
standard (1)

Impact on Group financial report

Application 
date for 
Group (1)

1 January 2013 AASB 12 includes all disclosures relating to an 

1 July 2013

entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, 
associates and structured entities. New disclosures 
have been introduced about the judgments made 
by management to determine whether control 
exists, and to require summarised information about 
joint arrangements, associates and structured 
entities and subsidiaries with non-controlling 
interests. This standard may result in additional 
or changes in disclosure.

AASB 13

Fair Value Measurement 1 January 2013 AASB 13 establishes a single source of guidance 

1 July 2013

for determining the fair value of assets and liabilities. 
AASB 13 does not change when an entity is required 
to use fair value, but rather, provides guidance 
on how to determine fair value when fair value 
is required or permitted. Crown does not expect 
any significant impact on the Group.

1 July 2013

1 July 2013

1 January 2013 The revised standard changes the definition of 
short-term employee benefits. The distinction 
between short-term and other long-term employee 
benefits is now based on whether the benefits are 
expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after 
the reporting date. Crown does not expect any 
significant impact on the Group.

1 January 2013 AASB 2012-2 principally amends AASB 7 Financial 
Instruments: Disclosures to require disclosure of the 
effect or potential effect of netting arrangements, 
including rights of set-off associated with the entity’s 
recognised financial assets and recognised financial 
liabilities, on the entity’s financial position, when 
all the offsetting criteria of AASB 132 are not met. 
Crown does not expect any significant impact 
on the Group.

1 July 2013

This amendment will result in the individual KMP 
disclosure requirements for all disclosing entities in 
relation to equity holdings, loans and other related 
party transactions forming part of the Remuneration 
Report instead of the KMP note of the accounts.

1 July 2013

AASB 119 Employee Benefits

AASB 
2012-2

AASB 
2011-4

Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards – Disclosures 
– Offsetting Financial 
Assets and Financial 
Liabilities

Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards to 
Remove Individual 
Key Management 
Personnel Disclosure 
Requirements 
[AASB 124]

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

90

 
 
 
 
1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies continued
(b)  Statement of compliance continued

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Reference Title

AASB 
2012-3

Amendments to 
Australian Accounting 
Standards – Offsetting 
Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities

Application 
date for 
Group (1)

1 July 2014

Application 
date of 
standard (1)

Impact on Group financial report

1 January 2014 AASB 2012-3 adds application guidance to AASB 
132 Financial Instruments: Presentation to address 
inconsistencies identified in applying some of the 
offsetting criteria of AASB 132, including clarifying 
the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable 
right of set-off” and that some gross settlement 
systems may be considered equivalent to net 
settlement. Crown does not expect any 
significant impact on the Group.

(1)  Designates the beginning of the applicable annual reporting period unless otherwise stated.

(c)  Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are those of the 
consolidated entity, comprising Crown Limited (the parent 
entity) and all entities that Crown Limited controlled from 
time to time during the year and at reporting date.

Information from the financial statements of subsidiaries 
is included from the date the parent entity obtains control 
until such time as control ceases. Where there is loss 
of control of a subsidiary, the consolidated financial 
statements include the results for the part of the reporting 
period during which the parent entity has control.

Subsidiary acquisitions are accounted for using the 
acquisition method of accounting. The financial statements 
of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period 
as the parent entity, using consistent accounting policies. 
Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar 
accounting policies that may exist.

All inter-company balances and transactions, including 
unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, 
have been eliminated in full. Unrealised losses are 
eliminated unless costs cannot be recovered.

The accounting policies adopted have been applied 
consistently throughout the two reporting periods.

(d)  Significant accounting judgements, 
estimates and assumptions

The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities 
are often determined based on judgements, estimates 
and assumptions of future events. The key judgements, 
estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of certain assets and liabilities within the next annual 
reporting period are:

Impairment of goodwill and casino licences 
with indefinite useful lives

The Group determines whether goodwill and casino 
licences with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least 
on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating units to which 
the goodwill and casino licences with indefinite useful lives 
are allocated. The assumptions used in this estimation of 
recoverable amount and the carrying amount of goodwill 
and casino licences with indefinite useful lives are 
discussed in note 14.

Fair value of investments

In accordance with accounting standards the Group 
uses the Level Three method in estimating the fair value 
of financial assets. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated 
using inputs for the asset that are not based on observable 
market data.

Taxes

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all unused tax 
losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit 
will be available against which the losses can be utilised. 
Management judgement is required to determine the 
amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future 
taxable profits.

Doubtful debts

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when 
there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt 
is impaired.

Significant Items

Significant items are transactions or events that fall 
outside the ordinary course of business. Significant items 
are disclosed separately to allow users of the financial report 
to see the performance of the Group in a comparable form 
to that of the comparative period.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

91

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(e)  Income tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior 
periods are measured at the amount expected to be 
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based 
on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and 
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary 
differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of 
assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial 
reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences except:

•  where the deferred income tax liability arises from the 
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination and, at the time of 
the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit 
nor taxable profit or loss; or

•  in respect of taxable temporary differences associated 
with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests 
in joint ventures, when the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable 
that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible 
temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets 
and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profit will be available against which the deductible 
temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused 
tax assets and unused tax losses can be utilised except:

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at 
the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the 
asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates 
(and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity 
are recognised in equity and not the Statement of Profit 
or Loss.

(f)  Other taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net 
of the amount of GST except:

•  where the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, 
in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense 
item as applicable;

•  gaming revenues, due to the GST being offset against 

casino taxes; and

•  receivables and payables are stated with the amount 

of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority is included as part of receivables 
or payables in the Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are included in the Cash Flow Statement on a 
gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are classified 
as operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net 
of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authority.

•  when the deferred income tax asset relating to the 

(g)  Foreign currency translation

deductible temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that 
is not a business combination and, at the time of the 
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss; or

•  in respect of deductible temporary differences 

associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are 
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the 
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable 
future and taxable profit will be available against which 
the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is 
reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will 
be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax 
asset to be utilised.

Both the functional and presentation currency of Crown 
Limited and its Australian subsidiaries is Australian dollars.

Each foreign entity in the Group determines its own functional 
currency and items included in the financial statements 
of each foreign entity are measured using that functional 
currency, which is translated to the presentation currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded 
in the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling at 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the 
rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of 
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rate as at the date of the initial transaction. 
Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the 
date when the fair value was determined.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

92

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(g)  Foreign currency translation continued

As at the reporting date the assets and liabilities of 
overseas subsidiaries are translated into the presentation 
currency of Crown Limited at the rate of exchange ruling 
at the reporting date and the profit or loss is translated 
at the weighted average exchange rates for the period. 
The exchange differences arising on the retranslation 
are taken directly to a separate component of equity.

On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative 
amount recognised in equity relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in the Statement of 
Profit or Loss.

(h)  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial 
Position comprises of cash at bank and on hand, and short 
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash 
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in future value.

For the purposes of the Cash Flow Statement, cash and 
cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents 
as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

(k)  Investments in associates

The financial statements of the associates are used by the 
Group to apply the equity method. Where associates apply 
different accounting policies to the Group, adjustments are 
made upon application of the equity method.

Investments in associates are carried in the Statement 
of Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes 
in the Group’s share of net assets of the associates, less 
any impairment in value. The Statement of Profit or Loss 
reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations 
of the associates.

Where there has been a change recognised directly in 
the associates’ equity, the Group recognises its share 
of any changes and discloses this, when applicable 
in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals 
or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any 
unsecured long term receivables and loans, the Group 
does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred 
obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

(l)  Investments and other financial assets

Financial assets are classified based on:

(i)  The objective of the entity’s business model for 

managing the financial assets; and

(i)  Trade and other receivables

(ii)  The characteristics of the contractual cash flow.

Trade receivables are recognised and carried at 
original invoice amount less an allowance for any 
uncollectible amounts.

An estimate for doubtful debts is made when there 
is objective evidence that the full amount may not be 
collected. Bad debts are written off when identified.

Receivables from associates and other related parties 
are carried at amortised cost less an allowance for 
impairment. Interest, when charged is taken up as 
income on an accrual basis.

(j)  Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present 
location and condition are accounted for as follows:

•  Inventories which include food, beverages and other 

consumables are costed on a weighted average basis; 
and

•  net realisable value is the estimated selling price in 

the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs 
of completion and the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale.

The classification depends on the purpose for which the 
financial assets were acquired. Management determines 
the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. 
An irrevocable election is made by instrument to determine 
if the instrument is measured at fair value either through 
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or the Statement 
of Profit or Loss.

When financial assets are recognised initially, they are 
measured at fair value, plus, in the case of assets at fair 
value through OCI, directly attributable transaction costs.

The best evidence of fair value is quoted prices in an active 
market. The fair value of the investments and other financial 
assets that do not have a price quoted in an active market 
have been estimated using valuation techniques based 
on assumptions that are not supported by observable 
market prices or rates. The fair value is reassessed each 
reporting period.

If the fair value through Statement of Profit or Loss 
approach is adopted, increments and decrements on 
the fair value of the financial asset at each reporting date 
are recognised through the Statement of Profit or Loss.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

93

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(l)  Investments and other financial assets continued

If the fair value through OCI approach is adopted, increments 
and decrements on the fair value are recognised in OCI, 
without recycling of gains and losses between the Statement 
of Profit or Loss and OCI, even on disposal of the investment. 
Dividends in respect of these investments that are a return 
on investment are recognised in the Statement of Profit 
or Loss.

Purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery 
of assets within a time frame established by regulation or 
convention in the market place (regular way trades) are 
recognised on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group 
commits to purchase or sell the asset.

(m)  Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value.

Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on a 
straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 
the asset as follows:

•  Freehold buildings – 40 to 75 years;

•  Leasehold improvements – lease term; and

•  Plant and equipment – 2 to 15 years.

The asset’s residual values, useful lives and amortisation 
methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each 
financial year end.

Impairment

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment 
are reviewed for impairment when events or changes 
in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable. For an asset that does not generate largely 
independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the cash-generating unit to which the 
asset belongs. If any such indication exists and where 
the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable 
amount, the assets or cash-generating units are 
written down to their recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment 
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

Derecognition

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised 
upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected to arise from the continued use of the asset.

Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included 
in the Statement of Profit or Loss in the period the item 
is derecognised.

(n)  Intangible assets

Licences

Licences are carried at cost less any accumulated 
amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.

The directors regularly assess the carrying value of casino 
licences so as to ensure they are not carried at a value 
greater than their recoverable amount.

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost of 
acquisition. The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised 
on a straight-line basis over the remaining life of the licence 
from the time PBL acquired Crown Melbourne, being 
34 years. The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual 
and, as such, no amortisation is charged. The Crown Perth 
licence is subject to an annual impairment assessment.

Goodwill

Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being 
the excess of the cost of the business combination over 
the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable 
assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following 
initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised.

As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is 
allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected 
to benefit from the combination’s synergies.

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is 
determined by assessing the recoverable amount of 
the cash generating unit to which the goodwill relates. 
Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating 
unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment 
loss is recognised.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit 
and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, 
the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of 
is included in the carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. 
Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on 
the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed 
of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

94

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(n)  Intangible assets continued

Other intangible assets

Acquired both separately and from a business combination.

Intangible assets acquired separately are capitalised at 
cost and from a business combination are capitalised 
at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial 
recognition, the cost model is applied to the class of 
intangible assets.

The useful lives of these intangible assets are assessed to 
be either finite or indefinite. Where amortisation is charged 
on assets with finite lives, this expense is taken to the 
Statement of Profit or Loss.

Intangible assets created within the business are not 
capitalised and expenditure is charged against profits 
in the period in which the expenditure is incurred.

Intangible assets are tested for impairment where an 
indicator of impairment exists, and annually in the case 
of intangible assets with indefinite lives, either individually 
or at the cash generating unit level. Useful lives are also 
examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where 
applicable, are made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and are recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss when 
the net asset is derecognised.

(o)  Recoverable amount of assets

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there 
is any indication that an asset may be impaired. Where an 
indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes a formal 
estimate of recoverable amount. Where the carrying 
amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount the 
asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount.

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows that are 
largely independent of the cash flows from other assets 
or groups of assets (cash-generating units). In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted 
to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the asset.

(p)  Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are brought to account for 
amounts payable in relation to goods received and services 
rendered, whether or not billed to the Group at reporting 
date. The Group operates in a number of diverse markets, 
and accordingly the terms of trade vary by business.

(q)  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair 
value of the consideration received less directly attributable 
transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and 
borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the 
Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly associated with qualifying assets 
are capitalised, including any other associated costs directly 
attributable to the borrowing. The capitalisation rate to 
determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised 
is the weighted average interest rate applicable to the 
Group’s outstanding borrowings during the year, in 
this case 6.7%.

All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period 
they are incurred.

(r)  Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) to make a future sacrifice 
of economic benefits to other entities as a result of past 
transactions or other events, it is probable that a future 
sacrifice of economic benefit will be required and a reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to 
be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a 
separate asset. The expense relating to any provision 
is presented in the Statement of Profit or Loss net of 
any reimbursement.

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions 
are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects 
the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, 
the increase in the provision due to the passage of time 
is recognised as a finance cost.

A provision for dividends is not recognised as a 
liability unless the dividends are declared, or publicly 
recommended on or before the reporting date.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

95

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(s)  Employee benefits

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as 
a result of employees rendering services up to reporting 
date including related on-costs. The benefits include 
wages and salaries, incentives, compensated absences 
and other benefits, which are charged against profits in 
their respective expense categories when services are 
provided or benefits vest with the employee.

The provision for employee benefits is measured at the 
remuneration rates expected to be paid when the liability 
is settled. Benefits expected to be settled after twelve 
months from the reporting date are measured at the 
present value of the estimated future cash outflows to 
be made in respect of services provided by employees 
up to the reporting date.

The liability for long service leave is recognised in the 
provision for employee benefits and measured as the 
present value of expected future payments to be made 
in respect of services provided by employees up to the 
reporting date using the projected unit credit method. 
Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary 
levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of 
service. Expected future payments are discounted using 
market yields at the reporting date on national government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currencies that match, 
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

(t)  Leases

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially 
all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the 
leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease 
at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the 
present value of the minimum lease payments.

Lease payments are apportioned between the finance 
charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve 
a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
in the Statement of Profit or Loss on a straight-line basis 
over the lease term.

(u)  Derecognition of financial instruments

The derecognition of a financial instrument takes place 
when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights 
that comprise the financial instrument, which is normally 
the case when the instrument is sold, or all the cash flows 
attributable to the instrument are passed through to an 
independent third party.

(v)  Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is 
positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 
Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value 
of derivatives, except for those that qualify as cash flow 
hedges, are taken directly to profit or loss for the year.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts are calculated 
by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts 
with similar maturity profiles. The fair values of interest rate 
swaps are determined by reference to market values for 
similar instruments.

Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting 
are accounted for as follows:

(i)  Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability 
or an unrecognised firm commitment, or an identified 
portion of such an asset, liability or firm commitment that 
is attributable to a particular risk and could affect profit 
or loss. For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the 
hedged item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable 
to the risk being hedged and the derivative is remeasured 
to fair value. Gains and losses from both are taken to 
profit or loss.

The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if 
the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 
exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting or the Group revokes the designation. Any 
adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged financial 
instrument for which the effective interest method is used 
is amortised to profit or loss. Amortisation may begin as 
soon as an adjustment exists and shall begin no later than 
when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes 
in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

(ii)  Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are hedges of the Group’s exposure 
to variability in cash flows that is attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability that is 
a firm commitment and that could affect profit or loss. 
The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument is recognised directly in equity, while the 
ineffective portion is recognised in the Statement 
of Profit or Loss.

Amounts taken to equity are transferred out of equity and 
included in the measurement of the hedged transaction 
(finance costs or inventory purchases) when the forecast 
transaction occurs. If the hedging instrument expires or 
is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or 
rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked (due to it 
being ineffective), amounts previously recognised in equity 
remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

96

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(w)  Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether a 
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

(i)  Financial assets carried at amortised cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss 
on loans and receivables carried at amortised cost has 
been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the 
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding 
future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted 
at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate (i.e. the 
effective interest rate computed at initial recognition). The 
carrying amount of the asset is reduced either directly or 
through use of an allowance account. The amount of the 
loss is recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss.

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of 
impairment exists individually for financial assets that are 
individually significant, and individually or collectively for 
financial assets that are not individually significant. If it 
is determined that no objective evidence of impairment 
exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether 
significant or not, the asset is included in a group of financial 
assets with similar credit risk characteristics and that group 
of financial assets is collectively assessed for impairment. 
Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for 
which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised 
are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. 
Any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is 
recognised in the Statement of Profit or Loss, to the 
extent that the carrying value of the asset does not 
exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.

(ii)  Financial assets carried at cost

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss 
has been incurred on an unquoted equity instrument that 
is not carried at fair value (because its fair value cannot be 
reliably measured), or on a derivative asset that is linked to 
and must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity 
instrument, the amount of the loss is measured as the 
difference between the assets carrying amount and the 
present value of estimated cash flows, discounted at the 
current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.

(x)  Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued capital is 
recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, 
less transaction costs.

(y)  Revenue

Revenue is recognised and measured at the fair value of 
the consideration received or receivable to the extent that 
it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the 
Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. The 
following specific recognition criteria must also be met 
before revenue is recognised:

Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and can 
be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered to 
have passed to the buyer at the time of delivery of the goods 
to the customer.

Rendering of services

Revenue is recognised when control of the right to be 
compensated for the services and the stage of completion 
can be reliably measured.

Casino revenues are the net of gaming wins and losses.

Interest

Revenue is recognised as the interest accrues (using the 
effective interest method, which is the rate that exactly 
discounts estimated future cash receipts through the 
expected life of the financial instrument) to the net 
carrying amount of the financial asset.

Dividends

Revenue is recognised when the shareholders’ right 
to receive the payment is established.

(z)  Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted to 
exclude any costs of servicing equity (other than dividends), 
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit after tax, adjusted for:

•  costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);

•  the after tax effect of dividends and interest associated 
with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been 
recognised as expenses; and

•  other non-discretionary changes in revenues or 

expenses during the period that would result from 
the dilution of potential ordinary shares;

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any 
bonus element.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

97

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies continued
(aa)  Segment Information

The Group’s operating segments have been determined 
based on internal management reporting structure and the 
nature of the products provided by the Group. They reflect 
the business level at which financial information is provided 
to management for decision making regarding resource 
allocation and performance assessment. The segment 
information presented is consistent with internal 
management reporting.

The Group has three operating segments being Crown 
Melbourne, Crown Perth and Crown Aspinall’s.

(ab)  Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. The consideration transferred in 
a business combination shall be measured at fair value, 
which shall be calculated as the sum of the acquisition date 
fair values of the assets transferred by the acquirer, the 
liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the 
acquiree and the equity issued by the acquirer, and the 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the 
financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate 
classification and designation in accordance with the 
contractual terms, economic conditions, the Group’s 
operating or accounting policies and other pertinent 
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the 
separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts 
by the acquiree.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the 
acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held 
equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value 
at the acquisition date through profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the 
acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition 
date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability 
will be recognised in accordance with AASB 139 either 
in profit or loss or as a change to other comprehensive 
income. If the contingent consideration is classified 
as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is finally 
settled within equity.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

98

 
 
 
 
–

–

–

790,066

611,337

(3,743)

– 2,881,951

–

13,036

–

(862,722)

– (1,271,038)

–

–

–

–

3,743

751,934

(238,127)

513,807

Interest revenue

Total revenue

Segment result

Intersegment

Earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and 
amortisation “EBITDA”

Depreciation and 
amortisation

Earnings before interest 
and tax “EBIT”

Loss on disposal 
of investments

Equity accounted share of 
associates’ net profit/(loss)

Net interest income/(expense)

Income tax benefit/(expense)

2.  Segment Information
30 June 2013

Normalised Result (1)

Crown 
Melbourne
$’000

Crown 
Perth
$’000

Crown 
Aspinall’s
$’000

Unall-
ocated
$’000

Crown 
Group
$’000

Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000

Significant 
Items(3)
$’000

Actual

Crown 
Group
$’000

Operating revenue

Main floor gaming

1,000,768

483,461

62

– 1,484,291

–

– 1,484,291

VIP program play

525,190

159,356

114,178

–

798,724

(8,658)

Non Gaming

Intersegment

392,118

215,299

592

3,328

611,337

(3,743)

–

–

Operating revenue

1,918,076

858,116

114,832

3,328 2,890,609

(8,658)

1,918,076

858,116

114,832

3,328 2,903,645

(8,658)

– 2,894,987(2)

13,036

–

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Gaming taxes & commissions

(606,770)

(203,077)

(55,196)

–

(865,043)

2,321

Operating expenses

(764,564)

(414,281)

(26,325)

(65,868)

(1,271,038)

3,743

–

–

546,742

240,758

33,311

(62,540)

758,271

(6,337)

(177,189)

(57,018)

(1,073)

(2,847)

(238,127)

–

369,553

183,740

32,238

(65,387)

520,144

(6,337)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(99,396)

(99,396)

150,903

22,602

(25,594)

147,911

(120,410)

–

–

(120,410)

(77,420)

1,476

29,819

(46,125)

Profit/(loss) after tax

369,553

183,740

32,238

(65,387)

473,217

17,741

(95,171)

395,787

Capital expenditure

133,075

135,596

599

11,609

280,879

Investments in associates

–

–

– 1,403,037 1,403,037

–

–

–

280,879

– 1,403,037

(1)  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne, 
Crown Perth, Crown Aspinall’s and Melco Crown), refinance and development costs from Melco Crown and loss on disposal of Crown’s 
investment in Echo Entertainment Group Ltd (Echo). The theoretical win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time. 
Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming taxes, income tax expense and equity 
accounted share of associates’ results.

(2)  Total revenue of $2,895.0 million includes $0.2 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Statement of Profit or Loss.

(3)  The significant items relate to the loss on disposal of Crown’s Investment in Echo, which resulted in a loss of $99.4 million for the year 

($69.6 million net of tax) and Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s development and refinance costs ($25.6 million). Refer note 3.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

99

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

2.  Segment Information continued
30 June 2012

N
o
t
e
s

Normalised Result (1)

Crown 
Melbourne
$’000

Crown 
Perth
$’000

Crown 
Aspinall’s
$’000

Unall-
ocated
$’000

Crown 
Group
$’000

Adjust-
ment(1)
$’000

Actual

Crown 
Group
$’000

991,915

440,774

253

– 1,432,942

–

1,432,942

481,013

154,267

91,402

–

726,682

70,636

372,074

190,068

1,138

4,627

567,907

(393)

–

–

797,318

567,907

(393)

1,845,002

785,109

92,793

4,627

2,727,138

70,636

2,797,774

11,522

–

11,522

1,845,002

785,109

92,793

4,627 2,738,660

70,636

2,809,296(2)

Operating revenue

Main floor gaming

VIP program play

Non Gaming

Intersegment

Operating revenue

Interest revenue

Total revenue

Segment result

Gaming taxes & commissions

(580,959)

(195,946)

(48,839)

–

(825,744)

8,619

(817,125)

Operating expenses

Intersegment

Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation “EBITDA”

(753,457)

(362,884)

(23,310)

(40,123)

(1,179,774)

393

–

–

(1,179,774)

393

510,586

226,279

20,644

(35,496)

722,013

79,255

801,268

Depreciation and amortisation

(168,519)

(45,916)

(1,195)

(2,630)

(218,260)

–

(218,260)

Earnings before interest and tax “EBIT”

342,067

180,363

19,449

(38,126)

503,753

79,255

583,008

Equity accounted share of associates’ 
net profit/(loss)

Net interest income/(expense)

Income tax benefit/(expense)

95,133

43,739

138,872

(102,062)

–

(102,062)

(81,864)

(24,629)

(106,493)

Profit/(loss) after tax

342,067

180,363

19,449

(38,126)

414,960

98,365

513,325

Capital expenditure

249,418

238,611

1,827

33

489,889

Investments in associates

–

–

– 1,088,744 1,088,744

–

–

489,889

1,088,744

(1)  Normalised results have been adjusted to exclude the impact of any variance from theoretical win rate on VIP program play (at Crown Melbourne, 
Crown Perth, Crown Aspinall’s and Melco Crown). The theoretical win rate is the expected hold percentage on VIP program play over time. 
Accordingly, the normalised result gives rise to adjustments to VIP program play revenue, gaming taxes, income tax expense and equity 
accounted share of associates’ results.

(2)  Total revenue of $2,809.3 million includes $0.4 million of profit on disposal of non-current assets, which is not included in revenue in the 

Statement of Profit or Loss.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

100

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

3.  Revenue and Expenses

Profit before income tax expense includes the following revenues and expenses:

(a)  Revenue

Revenue from services

Revenue from sale of goods

Interest

Dividends

Other operating revenue

(b)  Other income

Profit on disposal of non-current assets

(c)  Expenses

Cost of sales

Operating activities

Loss on disposal of investment in Echo

Other expenses

Depreciation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above)

Buildings

Plant and equipment

Amortisation of non-current assets

(included in expenses above)

Casino licence fee and management agreement

Other assets

Total depreciation and amortisation expense

(d)  Other income and expense disclosures

Finance costs expensed:

Debt facilities

Capitalised interest

Operating leases

Superannuation expense

Other employee benefits expense

Net mark-to-market gain on listed investments & total return swaps

Net foreign currency (gains)/losses

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2,498,042

2,433,817

355,520

339,402

13,036

3,328

24,878

11,522

4,627

19,502

2,894,804

2,808,870

183

426

131,211

127,210

2,168,218

2,044,803

99,396

68,715

–

42,753

2,467,540

2,214,766

80,535

140,374

220,909

70,394

130,182

200,576

14,413

2,805

17,218

14,437

3,247

17,684

238,127

218,260

143,232

125,705

(9,786)

(12,121)

133,446

113,584

3,218

48,462

722,147

–

(2,818)

7,002

45,219

683,951

(20,111)

(1,214)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

101

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

3.  Revenue and Expenses continued

N
o
t
e
s

(e)  Significant items (net of tax)

Loss on disposal of investment in Echo

Crown’s share of Melco Crown’s development and refinance costs

4.  Dividends Paid and Announced

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

(69,577)

(25,594)

(95,171)

–

–

–

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

(a)  Dividends declared and paid during the financial year

Prior year final dividend (paid 12 October 2012)

Paid at 19 cents (2011: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2011: 50% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2011: 30%)

138,395

141,630

Current year interim dividend (paid 16 April 2013)

Paid at 18 cents (2012: 18 cents) per share franked at 50% (2012: 50% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2012: 30%)

Total dividends appropriated

(b)  Dividends announced and not recognised as a liability

Current year final dividend (expected to be paid 11 October 2013)

131,111

269,506

131,111

272,741

Announced at 19 cents (2012: 19 cents) per share and franked at 50% (2012: 50% franked) 
at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2012: 30%)

138,395

138,395

(c)  Franking credits

The tax rate at which the final dividend will be franked is 30% (2012: 30%). The franking 
account disclosures have been calculated using the franking rate applicable at 30 June 2013.

The amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year:

Franking account balance as at the end of the financial year at 30% (2012: 30%)

24,922

6,550

Franking credits that will arise from the payment of income taxes payable as at the end 
of the financial year

Franking debits that will arise from the refund of income taxes receivable as at the end 
of the financial year (1)

Total franking credits

15,714

42,955

(21,469)

19,167

(528)

48,977

The amount of franking credits available for future reporting periods:

Impact on the franking account of dividends announced before the financial report 
was authorised for issue but not recognised as a distribution to equity holders during 
the financial year

Total franking credits available for future reporting periods

(1)  Refund is not anticipated until after the payment of the current year final dividend.

(29,656)

(10,489)

(29,656)

19,321

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

102

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

5.  Income Tax

(a)  Income tax expense

The prima facie tax expense, using tax rates applicable in the country of operation, 
on profit differs from income tax provided in the financial statements as follows:

Profit before income tax

Prima facie income tax expense on profit at the Australian rate of 30% (2012: 30%)

Tax effect of:

Non deductible depreciation and amortisation

Share of associates’ net losses/(profits)

Differences in foreign tax rates

Deferred income tax on temporary differences

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior years

Franking credits

Other items – net

Income tax expense

Income tax expense comprises:

Current expense

Deferred expense

Deferred expense/(benefit) due to change in tax rate

Adjustments for current income tax of prior periods

Tax on loss on disposal of investment in Echo

(b)  Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets

Deferred income tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

(c)  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities at the end of the financial year

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Doubtful debt provision

Employee benefits provision

Revenue losses carried forward

Other receivables

Other provisions

Prepaid casino tax

Licences and intangibles

Land and buildings

Property, plant & equipment

Other

Net deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

441,912

132,574

619,818

185,945

2,242

(44,373)

(29,070)

(2,881)

(7,174)

(1,415)

(3,778)

2,242

(41,662)

(34,850)

(8,238)

11,820

–

(8,764)

46,125

106,493

85,999

(2,881)

–

102,912

(8,456)

217

(7,174)

11,820

(29,819)

–

46,125

106,493

112,212

202,235

112,640

205,605

(90,023)

(92,965)

14,582

27,202

–

24,125

26,920

8,851

26,442

3,241

33,474

23,289

(17,230)

(18,050)

(105,241)

(109,565)

(75,111)

(77,653)

3,371

11,359

6,683

10,323

(90,023)

(92,965)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

103

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

5.  Income Tax continued

N
o
t
e
s

(d)   Movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities 

during the financial year

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year

Charged/(credited) to the income statement

Exchange differences

Carrying amount at the end of the year

(e)   Tax losses not brought to account, as the realisation of the benefits 
represented by these balances is not considered to be probable

The Group has tax losses arising in Australia that are available indefinitely for offset against 
future capital gains.

Capital gains tax – no expiry date

Total tax losses not brought to account

Potential tax benefit at respective tax rates

(f)  Unrecognised temporary differences

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

(92,965)

(101,194)

2,881

61

8,239

(10)

(90,023)

(92,965)

801,992

1,190,351

801,992

1,190,351

240,597

357,105

At 30 June 2013, there is no recognised or unrecognised deferred income tax liability (2012: $nil) for taxes that would be 
payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, as the Group has 
no liability for additional taxation should such amounts be remitted.

(g)  Tax consolidation

Crown Limited and its 100% owned Australian resident subsidiaries have formed a tax consolidated group with effect from 
1 July 2007. Crown Limited is the head entity of the tax consolidated group. Members of the group have entered into a tax 
sharing arrangement with Crown Limited in order to allocate income tax expense between Crown Limited and the wholly 
owned subsidiaries. In addition, the agreement provides for the allocation of income tax liabilities between the entities 
should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. At the balance date the possibility of default is remote.

(h)  Tax effect accounting by members of the tax consolidated group

Members of the tax consolidated group have entered into a tax funding agreement. The tax funding agreement provides 
for the allocation of current and deferred taxes to members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with their taxable 
income for the period. The allocation of taxes under the tax funding agreement is recognised as an increase/decrease 
in the subsidiaries inter-company accounts with the tax consolidated group head company, Crown Limited.

6.  Trade and Other Receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Provision for doubtful debts (a)

Loans to associated entities

Other receivables

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

291,372

203,532

(57,605)

233,767

–

23,692

23,692

(31,389)

172,143

209

29,382

29,591

257,459

201,734

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

104

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

6.  Trade and Other Receivables continued
(a)  Allowance for Doubtful Debts

Trade debtors are non-interest bearing and are generally 30 day terms.

An allowance for doubtful debts is recognised when there is objective evidence that an individual trade debt is impaired.

Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts

Allowance for doubtful debts at the beginning of the year

Net doubtful debt expense (1)

Net Amounts written off

Exchange differences

(1)  Amounts are included in other expenses.

Ageing analysis of trade debtors

2013 – consolidated

Current

Past due not impaired

Considered impaired

2012 – consolidated

Current

Past due not impaired

Considered impaired

Non-current

Loans to associated entities (1)

Other receivables

(1)  Loan terms are outlined in note 30.

7.  Inventories

Current

Finished goods (at cost)

2013
$’000

(31,389)

(27,354)

1,365

(227)

2012
$’000

(30,704)

(17,326)

16,659

(18)

(57,605)

(31,389)

0-30 days
$’000

>30 days
$’000

Total
$’000

86,783

–

425

–

86,783

146,984

146,984

57,180

57,605

87,208

204,164

291,372

22,137

–

136

–

22,137

150,006

150,006

31,253

31,389

22,273

181,259

203,532

2013
$’000

117,059

9,763

2012
$’000

92,713

10,154

126,822

102,867

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

12,639

11,850

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

105

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

8.  Other Financial Assets

N
o
t
e
s

Current

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

Non-current

Receivable on interest rate swaps

2013
$’000

1,568

1,568

925

925

2012
$’000

337

337

–

–

Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and foreign currency changes are provided in note 34.

9.  Investments

At fair value

Shares – listed (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

–

353,362

36,353

53,318

89,671

37,305

63,671

454,338

Investments consist of shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.

The fair value of listed investments have been determined by reference to published price quotations in an active market. 
On 24 May 2013 Crown divested its interest in Echo.

The fair value of the unlisted investments have been estimated using valuation techniques based on assumptions that are 
not supported by observable market prices or rates. Management believes that the estimated fair values resulting from 
the valuation techniques and recorded in the Statement of Financial Position and the related changes in fair value recorded 
in the Statement of Profit or Loss are reasonable and the most appropriate at the reporting date.

Based on the valuation techniques performed, there has been no fair value movement on unlisted investments during 
the year (2012: $nil), other than foreign exchange rate movements.

10.  Investments in Associates

Investment details:

Associated entities – unlisted shares

Associated entities – listed shares

Total investments in associates

Fair value of listed investments:

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd (1)

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

5,314

6,800

1,397,723

1,081,944

1,403,037

1,088,744

4,562,303

2,087,261

4,562,303

2,087,261

(1)  Reflects Melco Crown share price at balance date, converted to Australian dollars. In accordance with Crown’s accounting policies, recoverable 
amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. The Melco Crown carrying amount does not exceed its recoverable amount.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

106

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

10.  Investments in Associates continued

Investments in Associates

Reporting 
Date

Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd

31 Dec (1)

Principal Activity

Resort/Casino and gaming 
machine operator

Betfair Australasia Pty Ltd

30 April (1)

Betting exchange

Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd

30 June

Casino and gaming 
machine operator

(1)  The Group uses 30 June results to equity account for the investments.

(2)  Melco Crown Entertainment Ltd was incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

Principal 
Place of 
Business

Macau (2)

Australia

U.K.

% Interest

30 June 
2013

30 June 
2012

33.7

50.0

50.0

33.6

50.0

50.0

Share of associates’ revenue and profits/(losses)

Share of associates’:

Revenue

Operating profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) after income tax

Carrying amount of investments in associates

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Carrying amount of investments in associates acquired during the year

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss) for the year

Foreign exchange movements

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2,166,081

1,759,465

147,274

140,214

637

(1,342)

147,911

138,872

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

1,088,744

16,563

147,911

149,819

851,721

57,550

138,872

40,601

Carrying amount of investment in associates at the end of the financial year

1,403,037

1,088,744

Represented by:
•  Melco Crown
•  Betfair

The consolidated entity’s share of the assets and liabilities of associates in aggregate

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Retained profits/(accumulated losses) of the consolidated entity attributable to associates

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Share of associates’ net profits/(losses)

Balance at the end of the financial year

1,397,723

1,081,944

5,314

6,800

1,403,037

1,088,744

1,141,043

744,152

2,007,996

1,517,125

(463,733)

(490,183)

(1,103,412)

(648,641)

1,581,894

1,122,453

(99,502)

(238,374)

147,911

48,409

138,872

(99,502)

The investment in Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd was previously written down to $nil and Crown has therefore discontinued 
recognising its share of further losses. The Group’s share of unrecognised losses as at 30 June 2013 for Aspers Group is 
$12.1 million (2012: $10.4 million).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

107

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

10.  Investments in Associates continued
Impairment Testing

Based on detailed impairment testing performed, there has been no impairment charge during the year (2012: $nil).

For the purposes of impairment testing, management estimated the present value of the future cash flows expected to be 
generated from operations and the proceeds from ultimate disposal. These calculations use cash flow projections based 
on past performance and expectations for the future using a four year cash flow period. The implied terminal growth rate 
beyond the four year period does not exceed the forecasted long term inflation rates of up to 3.5% (2012: 3.5%). Post-tax 
discount rates of between 10% and 13% were used in the impairment review calculations (2012: 10% – 12%).

Any reasonable possible change in key assumptions used would not cause the carrying amount of the investments 
to exceed their recoverable amounts.

11.  Property, Plant and Equipment

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
$’000

Buildings on 
leasehold 
land
$’000

Plant & 
equipment
$’000

Construction 
work in 
progress
$’000

Leased 
plant & 
equipment
$’000

Total 
property, 
plant and 
equipment
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2013

At 1 July 2012, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Exchange differences

1,022,193

5,042

–

854,182

79,495

799,898

106,558

128,106

78,239

–

2,804,379

11,545

280,879

(4)

(13)

(27,089)

(53,446)

(140,178)

–

756

374

–

–

–

–

(17)

(196)

(220,909)

–

–

1,130

–

Reclassification/transfer

80,244

52,383

(27,719)

(104,908)

At 30 June 2013, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

At 1 July 2012

1,080,390

933,366

738,920

101,437

11,349

2,865,462

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,248,223

1,312,721

1,901,664

128,106

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

(226,030)

(458,539)

(1,101,766)

–

Net carrying amount

1,022,193

854,182

799,898

128,106

–

–

–

4,590,714

(1,786,335)

2,804,379

At 30 June 2013

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,337,994

1,440,699

1,971,334

101,437

11,545

4,863,009

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

(257,604)

(507,333)

(1,232,414)

–

(196)

(1,997,547)

Net carrying amount

1,080,390

933,366

738,920

101,437

11,349

2,865,462

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

108

 
 
 
 
11.  Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Freehold 
land and 
buildings
$’000

Buildings on 
leasehold 
land
$’000

Plant & 
equipment
$’000

Construction 
work in 
progress
$’000

Leased 
plant & 
equipment
$’000

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated 
depreciation and impairment

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation expense

Exchange differences

Reclassification/transfer

At 30 June 2012, net of 
accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

At 1 July 2011

906,013

326

–

685,752

214,978

746,534

67,832

176,606

206,753

(74)

(25)

(23,812)

(46,582)

(130,182)

–

139,666

108

–

152

115,587

(255,253)

–

–

–

1,022,193

854,182

799,898

128,106

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Total 
property, 
plant and 
equipment
$’000

2,514,905

489,889

(99)

(200,576)

260

–

2,804,379

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,103,774

1,098,679

1,729,766

176,606

10,679

4,119,504

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

(197,761)

(412,927)

(983,232)

–

(10,679)

(1,604,599)

Net carrying amount

906,013

685,752

746,534

176,606

–

2,514,905

At 30 June 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

1,248,223

1,312,721

1,901,664

128,106

Accumulated depreciation 
and impairment

(226,030)

(458,539)

(1,101,766)

–

Net carrying amount

1,022,193

854,182

799,898

128,106

–

–

–

4,590,714

(1,786,335)

2,804,379

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

109

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

12.  Licences

N
o
t
e
s

Year ended 30 June 2013

At 1 July 2012, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Amortisation expense

At 30 June 2013, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 July 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2013

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Amortisation expense

At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 July 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

(1)  Purchased as part of a business combination.

The casino licence premiums are carried at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives.

The Crown Melbourne licence is being amortised over 34 years. The Crown Perth licence is assessed as perpetual 
and no amortisation is charged.

Casino 
Licence (1)
$’000

656,983

(7,472)

649,511

794,899

(137,916)

656,983

794,899

(145,388)

649,511

664,455

(7,472)

656,983

794,899

(130,444)

664,455

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

110

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

13.  Other Intangible Assets

Year ended 30 June 2013

At 1 July 2012, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

Exchange differences

Amortisation expense

Goodwill (1)
$’000

56,950

3,812

Casino 
Management 
Agreement (1)
$’000

Other
$’000

Total
$’000

148,659

2,163

207,772

–

–

(6,941)

–

(71)

3,812

(7,012)

At 30 June 2013, net of accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

60,762

141,718

2,092

204,572

At 1 July 2012

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

At 30 June 2013

Cost (gross carrying amount)

56,950

245,279

–

(96,620)

56,950

148,659

2,812

(649)

2,163

305,041

(97,269)

207,772

60,762

245,279

2,813

308,854

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

–

(103,561)

(721)

(104,282)

Net carrying amount

60,762

141,718

2,092

204,572

Year ended 30 June 2012

At 1 July 2011, net of accumulated amortisation and impairment

56,518

155,624

Additions

Exchange differences

Amortisation expense

–

432

–

–

–

(6,965)

888

1,787

–

(512)

213,030

1,787

432

(7,477)

At 30 June 2012, net of accumulated amortisation 
and impairment

56,950

148,659

2,163

207,772

At 1 July 2011

Cost (gross carrying amount)

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Net carrying amount

(1)  Purchased as part of a business combination

56,518

245,279

1,025

302,822

–

(89,655)

56,518

155,624

(137)

888

(89,792)

213,030

Goodwill is considered to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment (see note 14). $48.9 million of the 
goodwill balance at 30 June 2013 is attributable to Crown Aspinall’s.

The useful life of the Crown Melbourne casino management agreement is 34 years, and is amortised on a straight line basis.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

111

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

14.  Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
Impairment tests for intangible assets

Intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGU’s) identified 
according to business segment.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value less costs to sell is calculated 
using a discounted cash flow methodology covering a specified period, with an appropriate residual value at the end of 
that period, for each segment. The methodology utilises cash flow forecasts that are based primarily on business plans 
presented to and approved by the Board. The implied terminal growth rate beyond the five year period does not exceed 
the forecasted long term Australian inflation rate of 2.5% (2012: 2.2%).

The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections to undertake 
impairment testing of goodwill and casino licences.

(a)  Cash flow forecasts

Cash flow forecasts are based on past performance and expectations for the future using a five year cash flow period.

(b)  Residual value

Residual value is calculated using a perpetuity growth formula based on the cash flow forecast using a weighted average 
cost of capital (after tax) and forecast growth rate.

(c)  Forecast growth rates

Forecast growth rates are based on past performance and management’s expectations for future performance 
in each segment.

(d)  Discount rates

A weighted average cost of capital (after tax) of between 8% and 10% was used by the Group in impairment testing, 
risk adjusted where applicable.

15.  Other Assets

Non-current

Prepaid casino tax at cost

Accumulated amortisation

Other prepayments

16.  Trade and Other Payables

Current – unsecured

Trade and other payables

Deferred Income

Non-current – unsecured

Other

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

100,800

100,800

(43,369)

(40,634)

57,431

60,166

5,349

62,780

2,674

62,840

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

296,411

324,561

170

1,170

296,581

325,731

138

138

138

138

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

112

 
 
 
 
17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings

Current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured

Finance Lease – secured

Non-current – unsecured

Bank Loans – unsecured

Capital Markets Debt – unsecured

Finance Lease – secured

Assets pledged as security

2013
$’000

80,726

669

2012
$’000

29,077

–

81,395

29,077

331,549

1,295,509

1,211,613

370,080

10,706

–

1,553,868

1,665,589

The lease liabilities are effectively secured, as the rights to the leased assets revert to the lessor in the event of default.

Fair Value Disclosures

Details of the fair value disclosures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities are set out in note 34.

Financial Risk Management

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency changes is provided in note 34.
Financing and Credit Facilities

Unsecured credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Crown Group as follows:

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Facility Type

Bank Facilities

Bilateral Multi Option Facilities

Syndicated Revolving Facilities

GBP Syndicated Facility

Letter of Credit Facility

Debt Capital Markets

Euro Medium Term Note

Australian Medium Term Note

AUD Subordinated Notes

US Private Placement

Facility 
Amount 
$’000

Drawn 
Amount 
$’000

Letters 
of Credit 
Issued 
$’000

Available 

$’000 Expiry Dates

170,000

1,250,000

141,549

185,000

80,726

190,000

141,549

22,702

66,572 Oct 13/Feb 14

–

–

1,060,000

2015 – 2017

–

–

2015 – 2016

June 2021

–

185,000

1,746,549

412,275

207,702

1,126,572

174,634

174,634

300,000

300,000

518,065

218,914

518,065

218,914

1,211,613

1,211,613

–

–

–

–

–

July 2036

July 2017

Sept 2072

2015 – 2020

–

–

–

–

–

Total at 30 June 2013

2,958,162

1,623,888

207,702

1,126,572

Total at 30 June 2012

2,405,589

1,694,666

204,498

506,425

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

113

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

17.  Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings continued
The bank facilities are provided on an unsecured basis by domestic and international banks.

The debt capital markets drawn amounts represent unsecured notes issued to domestic and international debt investors.

Crown is able to make advances and issue letters of credit under the letter of credit facility, syndicated facilities and the 
bilateral facilities which are multi option in nature.

Each of the above mentioned facilities is issued by or supported by a Group guarantee from Crown and certain of its 
subsidiaries and impose various affirmative covenants on Crown, which may include compliance with certain financial 
ratios and negative covenants, including restrictions on encumbrances, and customary events of default, including 
a payment default, breach of covenants, cross-default and insolvency events.

During the current and prior year, there were no defaults or breaches on any of the loans or borrowings.

Refer to note 23(b) for a summary of Crown’s overdraft facilities.

18.  Provisions

At 1 July 2012

Arising during the year

Utilised during the year

At 30 June 2013

Current 2013

Non-current 2013

At 30 June 2013

Current 2012

Non-current 2012

At 30 June 2012

19.  Other Financial Liabilities

Current

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on total return swaps

Non-current

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Other financial liabilities are outlined in note 34.

Employee 
Entitlements
$’000

122,937

92,271

(69,412)

Other
$’000

17,223

3,077

Total
$’000

140,160

95,348

(1,530)

(70,942)

145,796

18,770

164,566

103,163

42,633

145,796

84,754

38,183

17,099

1,671

18,770

17,223

–

120,262

44,304

164,566

101,977

38,183

122,937

17,223

140,160

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

–

–

–

679

3,940

4,619

11,185

11,036

22,221

146

8,515

8,661

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

114

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

20.  Contributed Equity

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid

Movements in issued share capital

Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year

ESP proceeds

Share buy-back

Carrying amount at the end of the financial year

Shares held in Trust

Balance at beginning of the financial year

Shares acquired by the Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan

Balance at the end of the financial year

Issued share capital

Ordinary shares fully paid

Movements in issued share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Share buy-back

Balance at the end of the financial year

Terms and Conditions of Contributed Equity

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

446,763

446,763

446,763

645,475

–

–

39,345

(238,057)

446,763

446,763

(480)

(638)

(1,118)

2013
No.

–

(480)

(480)

2012
No.

728,394,185 728,394,185

728,394,185 758,394,185

– (30,000,000)

728,394,185 728,394,185

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding-up of the Company in proportion 
to the number of shares held.

The voting rights attaching to ordinary shares provide that each ordinary shareholder present in person or by proxy 
or attorney or being a corporation present by representative at a meeting shall have:

(a)  on a show of hands, one vote only;

(b)  on a poll, one vote for every fully paid ordinary share held.

Capital Management

When managing capital, the Group’s objective is to maintain optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. 
The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity.

During 2013, the Group paid dividends of $269.5 million. The Group’s dividend policy going forward is to pay the higher 
of 37 cents per share or 65% of normalised full year NPAT (excluding non-cash profits from associates), subject to the 
Group’s financial position.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

115

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings

N
o
t
e
s

Foreign currency translation reserve

Employee equity benefits reserve

Net unrealised gains reserve

Cash flow hedge reserve

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

(188,798)

(323,419)

13,010

13,010

628,908

628,704

(2,126)

(19,509)

450,994

298,786

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising 
from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. It is also used 
to recognise gains and losses on hedges of the net investment in foreign operations.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Net foreign exchange translation

Balance at the end of the financial year

(323,419)

(363,804)

134,621

40,385

(188,798)

(323,419)

Employee Equity Benefits Reserve

The employee equity benefits reserve is used to record share based remuneration 
obligations to executives in relation to ordinary shares.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Balance at the end of the financial year

13,010

13,010

13,010

13,010

Net Unrealised Gains Reserve

The net unrealised gains reserve records the movement from changes in investments 
and associates equity.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Change in net unrealised gains reserve

Balance at the end of the financial year

Cash Flow Hedge Reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging 
instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge.

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Movement in interest rate swaps

Movement in cross currency swaps

Movement in forward exchange contracts

Transfer to statement of financial position/statement of comprehensive income

Balance at the end of the financial year

628,704

629,032

204

(328)

628,908

628,704

(19,509)

(52,450)

11,577

4,575

1,231

(361)

54,740

2,399

–

(23,837)

(2,126)

(19,509)

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

116

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

21.  Reserves and Retained Earnings continued

Retained Earnings

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Net profit after tax

Total available for appropriation

Dividends provided for or paid

Balance at the end of the financial year

22.  Expenditure Commitments
(a)  Capital expenditure commitments

Estimated capital expenditure contracted for at balance date, but not provided for:

Payable within one year

Payable after one year but not more than five years

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2,629,681

2,389,097

395,787

513,325

3,025,468

2,902,422

(269,506)

(272,741)

2,755,962

2,629,681

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

89,155

20,000

213,043

20,683

109,155

233,726

At 30 June 2013, the Group has capital expenditure commitments principally relating to funding various projects.

(b)  Non-cancellable operating lease commitments

Payable within one year

Payable after one year but not more than five years

Payable more than five years

2013
$’000

3,538

6,851

11,373

21,762

2012
$’000

2,672

6,022

11,911

20,605

The Group has entered into non-cancellable operating leases. The leases vary in contract period depending on the asset 
involved but generally have an average lease term of approximately 10 years (2012: 11 years). Operating leases include 
telecommunications rental agreements and leases on assets including motor vehicles, land and buildings and items of 
plant and equipment. Renewal terms are included in certain contracts, whereby renewal is at the option of the specific 
entity that holds the lease. On renewal, the terms of the leases are usually renegotiated. There are no restrictions placed 
upon the lessee by entering into these leases.

In addition, in 1993 Crown Melbourne entered into a ninety-nine year lease agreement for the site upon which Crown 
Melbourne Entertainment Complex is located. For years one to forty inclusive the annual rent payable by the parent entity 
is one dollar per annum. For years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive the annual rent payable will be the then current market 
rent for the site. The aggregate lease expenditure contracted for at balance date but not provided for which is disclosed 
in this report does not include an estimate for the rent payable for years forty-one to ninety-nine inclusive due to the 
uncertainty of these amounts.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

117

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

22.  Expenditure Commitments continued
(c)  Non-cancellable finance lease commitments

N
o
t
e
s

Payable within one year

Payable after one year but not more than five years

2013
$’000

669

10,706

11,375

2012
$’000

–

–

–

Under the terms of the lease, Crown has the option to acquire the leased asset for a predetermined residual value 
on expiry of the lease.

23.  Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

(a)  Cash balance represents:
•  cash on hand and at bank
•  deposits at call

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

187,651

17,860

131,545

17,808

205,511

149,353

The above closing cash balances includes $118.5 million (2012: $143.4 million) of cash on the company’s premises 
and cash held in bank accounts needed to run the day to day operations of the businesses and cash of $87.0 million 
(2012: $6.0 million) for other purposes.

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

118

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

23.  Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation continued

(b)   Reconciliation of the profit/(loss) after tax to the net cash flows 

from operating activities

Profit after tax

Depreciation and amortisation:
•  property, plant and equipment
•  intangibles

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

Unrealised foreign exchange (gain)/loss

Share of associates’ net (profit)/loss

Net loss on disposal of investments

Net mark-to-market (gain)/loss on investments & total return swaps

Changes in assets and liabilities:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in doubtful debts

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments

(Increase)/decrease in deferred income tax asset

(Increase)/decrease in other assets

(Decrease)/increase in payables

(Decrease)/increase in current income tax liability

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

(Decrease)/increase in deferred income tax liability

Net cash flows from operating activities

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

395,787

513,325

220,909

200,576

17,218

(183)

(1,189)

17,684

(426)

(816)

(147,911)

(138,872)

69,577

–

–

(20,111)

(91,525)

26,216

(789)

(1,458)

428

(2,574)

52,368

(46,956)

9,650

(3,370)

(77,942)

685

6,220

(820)

(3,909)

(9,329)

17,639

61,573

9,543

(4,320)

496,198

570,700

Bank Overdraft Facilities

The consolidated entity has bank overdraft facilities available as follows:

Bank

ANZ Banking Group Limited

Citibank NA

Royal Bank of Scotland PLC

2013

2012

A$20 million A$20 million

US$10 million US$10 million

£20 million

£20 million

As at 30 June 2013 there were no drawn down amounts on the overdraft facilities (2012: £8.0million).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

119

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

24.  Events After the Reporting Period
In July 2013, the New South Wales Government invited Crown to move to Stage Three of the Unsolicited Proposal 
process for Crown’s proposed development and operation of a six-star hotel resort including VIP gaming facilities 
at Barangaroo South on Sydney Harbour. Crown accepted the invitation and the conditions requested by the 
New South Wales Government.

Subsequent to 30 June 2013, the directors of Crown announced a final dividend on ordinary shares in respect of the 
year ending 30 June 2013. The total amount of the dividend is $138.4 million, which represents a dividend of 19 cents 
per share franked at 50%. The dividend has not been provided for in the 30 June 2013 financial statements.

25.  Executive Share Plan

The Executive Share Plan (ESP) was wound up in the 2012 financial year.

At 30 June 2013, there were no remaining ESP shares on issue.

Shares at the beginning of the financial year

Forfeited

Shares on issue at the end of the financial year

Loans to executives at the beginning of the financial year

Loans repaid and satisfied during the year

Loans to executives at year end

Long Term Incentive Plan (Crown LTI)

2013
No.

2012
No.

–

–

–

4,952,807

(4,952,807)

–

– $57,726,075

– ($57,726,075)

–

–

In 2010, Crown established a new long term incentive plan. The Crown LTI was designed as a successor long term 
incentive to the Employee Share Plan which was wound up during financial year 2012. The Crown LTI has been made 
available to selected senior executives with effect from 1 July 2010. The Crown LTI rewards relevant senior executives 
for achieving certain earnings per share targets over the four year period from 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2014. Further detail 
regarding the operation of the Crown LTI and the Senior Executives (or KMPs) who participate in the Crown LTI can be 
found in the Remuneration Report.

26.  Contingent Liabilities and Related Matters
The Group has no contingent liabilities at 30 June 2013.

Legal Actions

Entities within the group are defendants from time to time in legal proceedings arising from the conduct of their business. 
The group does not consider that the outcome of any proceedings ongoing at balance date, either individually or in 
aggregate, is likely to have a material effect on its financial position. Where appropriate, provisions have been made.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

120

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

27.  Auditors’ Remuneration

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by Ernst & Young (Australia) for:

Auditing the accounts

Taxation services

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by other member firms 
of Ernst & Young International for:

Auditing the accounts

Other services:
•  Taxation services
•  Consulting services

2013
$’000

774

5,725

115

79

14

6,707

2012
$’000

873

4,716

165

171

184

6,109

Amounts received, or due and receivable, by non Ernst & Young audit firms for:

Auditing services

76

49

28.  Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following reflects the income and share data used in the calculations of basic 
and diluted EPS:

Net profit/(loss) after tax used in calculating basic and diluted EPS ($’000)

395,787

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS (’000)

728,394

513,325

735,634

There are no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number 
of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these 
financial statements.

2013

2012

29.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures
(a)  Details of key management personnel

(i)  Directors

James D Packer 
John H Alexander 
Benjamin A Brazil 
Helen A Coonan 
Christopher D Corrigan 
Rowen B Craigie 
Rowena Danziger 
Geoffrey J Dixon 
John S Horvath 
Ashok Jacob 
Michael R Johnston 
Harold C Mitchell 

Chairman
Executive Deputy Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

121

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

29.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(a)  Details of key management personnel continued

(ii)  Executives

Kenneth M Barton 
Barry J Felstead 

Greg F Hawkins 
W Todd Nisbet 

Chief Financial Officer
 Chief Executive Officer – Crown Perth (until 1 August 2013),
Chief Executive Officer – Australian Resorts (from 1 August 2013)
Chief Executive Officer – Crown Melbourne (until 1 August 2013)
Executive Vice President – Strategy and Development

(b)  Remuneration of key management personnel

Total remuneration for key management personnel for the Group and Parent Entity during the financial year 
are set out below:

Remuneration by category

Short term benefits

Post employment benefits

Long term incentives

Further details are contained in the Remuneration Report.

(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)

30 June 2013

Directors
(including directors who left the Board during the year)

James D Packer (1)

John H Alexander (1)

Rowen B Craigie (2)

Rowena Danziger

Harold C Mitchell

Executives

Ken M Barton (2)

Greg F Hawkins

Todd W Nisbet (2)

2013
$

2012
$

12,938,377

12,664,142

98,820

94,650

2,581,500

7,162,500

15,618,697

19,921,292

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Other Net 
Change

Balance 
30 June 
2013

–

–

13,958,286 364,270,253

(249,498)

256,549

38,875

–

–

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

10,799

–

19,438

–

–

–

74,092

30,896

114,887

Other Net 
Change

–

–

–

Balance 
30 June 
2013

20,581

1,509

37,046

Balance 
1 July 2012

350,311,967

506,047

35,217

30,896

114,887

Balance 
1 July 2012

9,782

1,509

17,608

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive 
Plan. Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may become entitled to have those shares transferred to them after 30 June 2014 if certain 
conditions in the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan are met.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

122

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

29.  Key Management Personnel Disclosures continued
(c)  Shareholdings of key management personnel

Ordinary shares held in Crown (directly and indirectly)

30 June 2012

Directors
(including directors who left the Board during the year)

James D Packer (1)

John H Alexander

Rowen B Craigie (3)

Rowena Danziger

Harold C Mitchell

Executives

Ken M Barton (2)

Barry J Felstead (3)

Greg F Hawkins

Todd W Nisbet (2)

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Other Net 
Change

Balance 
30 June 
2012

–

–

24,182,723 350,311,967

–

506,047

Balance 
1 July 2011

326,129,244

506,047

2,341,102

35,217(2)

(2,341,102)

30,896

114,887

–

–

–

–

Issued 
under 
Executive 
Share Plan

Balance 
1 July 2011

Other Net 
Change

–

9,782

–

234,110

1,509

–

–

–

17,608

(234,110)

–

–

35,217

30,896

114,887

Balance 
30 June 
2012

9,782

–

1,509

17,608

(1)  Change is a result of an on market trade.

(2)  The registered holder of these shares is Australian Executor Trustees Limited as trustee under the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive 

Plan. Mr Craigie, Mr Barton and Mr Nisbet may become entitled to have those shares transferred to them after 30 June 2014 if certain conditions 
in the 2010 Crown Limited Long Term Incentive Plan are met.

(3)  The other net change reflects the sale of ESP shares as part of the wind up of the ESP which completed during the 2012.

The Company does not have any options on issue.

30.  Related Party Disclosures
(a)  Parent entity

Crown Limited is the ultimate parent entity of the Group.

(b)  Controlled entities, associates and joint ventures

Interests in significant controlled entities are set out in note 31.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are set out in note 10.

(c)  Entity with significant influence over the Group

At balance date Consolidated Press Holdings Group (“CPH”), comprising Consolidated Press Holdings Limited and 
its related corporations, a group related to Mr James Packer, holds 50.01% (2012: 48.09%) of the Company’s fully paid 
ordinary shares.

(d)  Director related entities

Until 19 November 2012, Consolidated Media Holdings (“CMH”) was an entity classified as a related party due 
to Crown and CMH having a number of common directors.

(e)  Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 29, and in the Remuneration Report.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

123

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

30.  Related Party Disclosures continued
(f)  Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties

Sales to and purchases from related parties are made in arm’s length transactions both at normal market prices 
and on normal commercial terms, unless otherwise stated.

(g)  Transactions with related parties

The continuing operations have had the following transactions with related parties:

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

(i)  Director related entities and entities with significant influence over the Group

CPH provided corporate secretarial and administrative services to Crown and its controlled entities of $0.1 million during 
the year (2012: $0.2 million). CPH paid costs on behalf of Crown to third parties totalling $1.3 million during the year 
(2012: $0.7 million). In addition, Crown reimbursed CPH with $5.3 million, representing probity related costs incurred 
by CPH on behalf of Crown (2012: $nil). At 30 June 2013 there were no amounts owing to CPH (2012: $nil).

Crown and its controlled entities provided CPH with hotel and banqueting services of $62,000 during the year 
(2012: $41,000). At 30 June 2013 there were no amounts owing from CPH (2012: $nil).

Crown and CMH jointly engaged certain legal and other advisers in relation to certain matters arising prior to the 
PBL demerger. Costs of these advisers are shared in a manner consistent with Section 14 of the PBL Scheme Booklet, 
generally Crown – 75% and CMH – 25%. Similarly, payments in relation to liabilities arising from activities prior to the 
PBL demerger were shared on the same basis. At 30 June 2013 there were no amounts owing to CMH (2012: $0.2 million) 
in relation to pre-demerger matters.

(ii)  Associates

Crown acquired additional equity in Melco Crown from Melco Crown SPV Limited for an amount of $16.6 million 
(2012: $nil). In 2012, Crown acquired additional equity in Melco Crown for an amount of $57.5 million arising from the 
conversion of previously outstanding shareholder loans to Melco Crown.

There was no interest charged on loans to Melco Crown for the year (2012: $45,000). Crown provided Melco Crown IT 
and related services of $0.6 million (2012: $1.5 million) at cost during the year. There were no amounts receivable from 
Melco Crown at 30 June 2013 (2012: $0.7 million).

Melco Crown provided $5,000 (2012: $38,000) in Hotel and other services to Crown during the year. In addition, Melco 
Crown paid costs of $0.1 million (2012: $0.1 million) on behalf of Crown during the year which has subsequently been 
reimbursed in full.

Crown provided additional loans of $12.6 million (2012: $27.4 million) to Aspers Holdings (Jersey) Ltd during the year. 
There were no loan repayments to Crown during the year (2012: $nil). Interest charged on loans advanced to Aspers 
was $10.4 million for the year (2012: $7.5 million). At 30 June 2013 $105.4 million (2012: $81.2 million) was owed by 
Aspers. There were no costs paid by Aspers on behalf of Crown during the year (2012: $nil). At 30 June 2013 there 
were no amounts owing to Aspers (2012: $nil).

Crown made no further loans to Betfair during the year (2012: $nil). The loan balance with Betfair at 30 June 2013 
was $11.7 million (2012: $11.7 million). No interest is payable on the loan. Crown provided Betfair Hotel, Banqueting 
and other services of $0.4 million (2012: $0.1 million) during the year. There were no amounts receivable from Betfair 
at 30 June 2013 (2012: $nil).

For the year ended 30 June 2013, the Group has not made any allowance for doubtful debts relating to amounts owed 
by related parties as there have been no default of payment terms and conditions (2012: $nil).

An impairment assessment is undertaken each financial year by examining the financial position of the related party 
and the market in which the related party operates to determine whether there is objective evidence that a related party 
receivable is impaired. When such objective evidence exists, the Group recognises an allowance for the impairment loss. 
During the financial year Crown has assessed there is no impairment to related party receivables.

124

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

31.  Investment in Controlled Entities
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Crown Limited and its controlled entities. 
Significant controlled entities and those included in a class order with the parent entity are:

Country of 
Incorporation

Beneficial Interest Held by 
the Consolidated Entity(1)

Footnote

2013

2012

Crown Limited
Artra Pty Ltd
Aspinall’s Club Limited
Burswood Limited
Burswood Nominees Ltd
Burswood Resort (Management) Ltd
Crown Asia Investments Limited
Crown Australia Pty Ltd
Crown Capital Golf Pty Ltd
Crown Cyprus Limited
Crown CCR Group Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings Two Pty Ltd
Crown CCR Group Holdings General Partnership
Crown CCR Group Investments One LLC
Crown CCR Group Investments Two LLC
Crown CCR Holdings LLC
Crown CPS Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Entertainment Group Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Gateway Luxembourg Pty Ltd
Crown Group Finance Limited
Crown Group Securities Ltd
Crown Management Holdings Pty Ltd
Crown Management Pty Ltd
Crown Melbourne Limited
Crown North America Holdings One Pty Ltd
Crown North America Investments LLC
Crown Overseas Investments Pty Ltd
Crown Services (US) LLC
Crown Sydney Pty Ltd
Crown UK Investments Ltd
Crown (Western Australia) Pty Ltd
Flienn Pty Ltd
Jade West Entertainment Pty Ltd
Jemtex Pty Ltd
Nine Television (Netherlands Antilles) Pty Ltd
PBL (CI) Finance Limited
Pennwin Pty Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting (Finance) Ltd
Publishing and Broadcasting International Holdings Ltd
Renga Pty Ltd

A
A
A
A
A

A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A

A
A
A
A

A
A

A

Australia
Australia
United Kingdom

A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
USA
A Australia
USA
Australia
United Kingdom

A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
A Australia
Australia
Cayman Islands

A Australia
A Australia
Bahamas
A Australia

2013
%

2012
%

Parent Entity

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

(1)  The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

A  These controlled entities have entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the parent entity under ASIC Class Order 98/1418 – the “Closed 

Group” (refer note 32).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

125

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

32.  Deed of Cross Guarantee
Certain controlled entities of Crown Limited, as detailed in note 31, are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which 
each company guarantees the debts of the others.

By entering into the deed, pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418, certain controlled entities of Crown have been granted 
relief from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and publication of accounts.

The consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the entities which are members of the “Closed Group” are 
detailed below.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Consolidated income statement

Profit/(loss) before income tax

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Net profit/(loss) after income tax

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the beginning of the financial year

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) of entities entering Closed Group

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) at the end of the financial year

Closed Group

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

593,880

622,722

(55,267)

(89,961)

538,613

532,761

(144,363)

(222,182)

–

(182,201)

(269,506)

(272,741)

124,744

(144,363)

126

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

32.  Deed of Cross Guarantee continued

Consolidated balance sheet

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Prepayments

Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Receivables

Other financial assets

Investments

Investment in associates

Property, plant and equipment

Licences

Other intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Income tax payable

Provisions

Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Other financial liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Treasury shares

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

Closed Group

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

156,247

237,825

12,172

16,507

1,568

159,027

176,908

11,613

16,225

337

424,319

364,110

1,105,002

1,080,508

2,529,798

2,511,130

3,364

357,327

1,403,037

1,088,744

2,850,817

2,790,405

649,511

155,858

112,187

62,780

656,983

162,714

101,734

62,840

8,872,354

8,812,385

9,296,673

9,176,495

265,705

292,679

81,395

37,377

117,499

–

29,077

83,695

99,213

22,221

501,976

526,885

138

138

3,095,334

3,384,382

201,938

205,481

44,304

4,619

38,183

8,661

3,346,333

3,636,845

3,848,309

4,163,730

5,448,364

5,012,765

4,809,818

4,809,818

(1,118)

514,920

124,744

(480)

347,790

(144,363)

5,448,364

5,012,765

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

127

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Crown Limited

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

276,360

419,503

–

–

276,360

419,503

–

3

9,858,901

9,787,154

9,858,901

9,787,157

38,803

83,192

2,873,344

2,764,065

2,912,147

2,847,257

9,927,204

9,927,204

13,010

13,010

(2,993,460)

(3,000,314)

6,946,754

6,939,900

For the year ended 30 June 2013

33.  Parent Entity Disclosures

N
o
t
e
s

Results of the parent entity

Profit after tax for the period

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive income for the period

Financial position of the parent entity

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity of the parent entity comprising of:

Issued capital

Employee equity benefits reserve

Accumulated losses

Total equity

Contingent liabilities

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

128

There are no contingent liabilities for the parent entity at 30 June 2013 (2012: $nil).

Capital expenditure

The parent entity does not have any capital expenditure commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
contracted but not provided for at 30 June 2013 (2012: $nil).

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has entered into a deed of cross guarantee with the effect that the Company guarantees debts in respect 
of its subsidiaries. Further details of the deed of cross guarantee and the subsidiaries subject to the deed, are set out in 
notes 31 and 32.

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s principle financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans, capital market debt, finance lease 
liabilities, investments, cash and short term deposits and derivatives.

The Group’s business activities expose it to the following risks; market risks (interest rate and foreign exchange), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. For each of these risks, the Group considers the counterparties, geographical area, currency and 
markets as applicable to determine whether there are concentrations of risk. Other than as described in this note, the 
Group is satisfied that there are no material concentrations of risk.

The Group has policies in place to manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. Policies include monitoring the 
level of interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange 
rates. Ageing analysis of and monitoring of exposures to counterparties are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk 
is monitored through the employment of rolling cash flow forecasts. 

Financial risk management is carried out under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group identifies, 
evaluates and hedges financial risks in accordance with approved polices. The Board are informed on a regular basis 
of risk management activities.

 
 
 
 
34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash flow

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and long term 
debt obligations as outlined in note 17.

At balance date, the Group had the following mix of financial assets and liabilities exposed to variable interest rates that are 
not designated as cash flow hedges.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

Financial assets

AUD cash on hand and at bank

AUD deposits at call

GBP cash on hand and at bank

EUR cash on hand and at bank

USD cash on hand and at bank

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

AUD bank loans

AUD Capital Market debt

Finance lease liability

HKD bank loans

GBP bank loans

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2013
$’000

24,925

17,860

43,532

599

65

2012
$’000

15,460

17,808

(9,555)

–

15

86,981

23,728

210,000

218,065

11,375

60,726

16,653

865,000

–

–

29,077

15,354

516,819

909,431

(429,838)

(885,703)

As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate liabilities of $516.8 million (2012: $909.4 million) that were not 
hedged by interest rate swaps. The associated interest rate risk is partially mitigated by total financial assets of $87.0 million 
(2012: $23.7 million). Under the financial liabilities outstanding, for AUD facilities, the Group pays the Bank Bill Swap rate 
(BBSW) plus a margin of between 100 and 500 basis points, for the finance lease liability, the Group pays USD LIBOR 
plus a margin of 200 basis points, for GBP facilities, the Group pays LIBOR plus a margin of 180 basis points, and for 
HKD facilities, the Group pays HIBOR plus a margin of 62.5 basis points.

Of the AUD cash on hand and at bank $24.9 million is interest bearing and is invested at approximately BBSW. Deposits 
at call of $17.9 million are invested at approximately BBSW. The Group maintains cash and cash equivalents on hand of 
$118.5 million for operational purposes and is non interest bearing (2012: $125.6 million).

As at balance date, the Group maintained floating rate borrowings in HKD of $60.7m (2012: $29.1m) and had minimal 
interest earning cash and cash equivalents (2012: minimal).

As at balance date, the Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in USD (2012: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash 
equivalents (2012: minimal).

As at balance date, the Group maintained no floating rate borrowings in EUR (2012: $nil) and had minimal cash and cash 
equivalents (2012: minimal).

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

129

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(i)  Interest rate risk – cash flow continued

Group Sensitivity

If there was an increase of 75 basis points in AUD interest rates, an increase of 100 basis points in GBP, EUR and USD 
interest rates, and an increase of 50 basis points in HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have 
decreased by $2.1 million (2012: $6.6 million).

If there was a decrease of 50 basis points in AUD and GBP interest rates, and a decrease of 25 basis points in USD, 
EUR and HKD interest rates, the Group’s post-tax-profit for the year would have increased $1.4 million (2012: $4.4 million).

The Group, where appropriate, uses interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates 
for its long term floating rate borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

The Group uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the risk of adverse movements in interest rates for its long 
term foreign currency denominated borrowings which are subject to variable rates.

As at balance date the notional principal amounts and period of expiry of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:

Cash flow hedge

Maturity under 1 year

Maturity 1 -5 years

Maturity over 5 years

Closing Balance

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

–

300,000

424,896

174,634

115,155

174,634

599,530

589,789

As at balance date the key terms of the interest rate swap contracts were as follows:

Hedge Type

Maturity Date

Interest Rate 
Received

Interest Rate 
Paid

Fair Value of 
Swap Contract 
$’000

Year Ended 30 June 2013

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

June 2015

March 2016

June 2017

March 2018

June 2018

December 2015

December 2016

BBSW

BBSW

BBSW

BBSW

BBSW

LIBOR

LIBOR

3.00%

3.20%

3.26%

3.50%

3.39%

1.00%

1.19%

(151)

(236)

254

38

633

(109)

(183)

Cross Currency Swap Contract

June 2036

USD 4.91%

AUD 7.05%

(3,940)

Year Ended 30 June 2012

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

Interest Rate Swap Contract

June 2013

December 2015

December 2016

BBSW

LIBOR

LIBOR

6.99%

1.00%

1.19%

Cross Currency Swap Contract

June 2036

USD 4.91%

AUD 7.05%

(11,185)

(110)

(36)

(8,515)

The terms of each of the swap contracts are matched directly against the appropriate loan and interest expense and as 
such are highly effective.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

130

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(ii)  Interest rate risk – fair value

Where appropriate, the Group enters into fixed rate debt to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. As the Group holds fixed 
rate debt there is a risk that the fair value of financial instruments will fluctuate because of market movements in interest 
rates. The level of fixed rate debt at balance date was $1,118.4 million (2012: $785.2 million).

As at balance date the Group had no interest rate swaps in place to hedge fixed rate debt issuances.

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk

The Group has currency exposure as a result of capital expenditure and investments/sales in currencies other than 
the Group’s functional currency.

Treasury, on behalf of the operating units, uses forward exchange contracts to minimise the currency exposure on 
any significant receivables or payables as is deemed appropriate.

All forward exchange contracts must be in the same currency as the firm commitment and the Group negotiates the 
terms of the hedges to exactly match the underlying commitment to maximise hedge effectiveness. As at balance date, 
the Group had hedged the majority of its foreign currency receivables and payables that are firm commitments.

As at balance date, the Group had the following material foreign exchange exposures that were not designated as cash 
flow hedges:

USD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

US Private Placement

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

GBP Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Loans to associates

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

GBP Loan Facilities

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

2013
$’000

876

876

2012
$’000

1,442

1,442

218,914

218,914

195,446

195,446

(218,038)

(194,004)

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

3,257

105,359

108,616

2,780

81,222

84,002

141,549

141,549

110,241

110,241

(32,933)

(26,239)

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

131

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk continued

HKD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

HKD Debt Facilities

Total financial liabilities

Net exposure

SGD Exposure

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Net exposure

Group sensitivity – USD

2013 
$’000

2012
$’000

2,501

62,668

65,169

6,293

60,726

67,019

(1,850)

2013
$’000

1,768

1,768

1,768

5,811

29,072

34,883

2,440

29,077

31,517

3,366

2012
$’000

3,023

3,023

3,023

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result 
of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c against the USD would be $21.6 million higher or $26.9 million lower 
(2012: $17.4 million higher or $21.2 million lower).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening 
by 10c against the USD would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

Group sensitivity – GBP

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a 
result of the AUD strengthening or weakening by 5c against the GBP would be $2.8 million higher or $3.3 million lower 
(2012: $2.1 million higher or $2.4 million lower).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening 
by 5c against the GBP would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

Group sensitivity – HKD

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of 
the AUD strengthening or weakening by 50c against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening 
by 50c against the HKD would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

Group sensitivity – SGD

Based on the financial instruments held at balance date, the sensitivity to fair value movements through equity as a result of 
the AUD strengthening or weakening by 10c against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

The sensitivity to fair value movements through profit and loss as a result of the AUD strengthening or weakening 
by 10c against the SGD would not be material as at balance date (2012: not material).

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

132

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(a)  Market Risk continued

(iii)  Foreign exchange risk continued

Foreign Exchange Contracts

The Group uses derivative instruments such as forward exchange contracts to manage the currency risks arising from 
the Group’s operations and its sources of finance.

Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging purposes and not as trading or other speculative instruments. These derivatives 
qualify for hedge accounting and are based on limits set by the Board.

Cash flow hedges

At balance date details of outstanding contracts denominated in AUD was:

Buy USD/Sell AUD

Maturity under 1 year

Notional Amounts

Average Rate

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

14,906

14,881

1.0153

1.0169

The change in fair value of cash flow hedges as at balance date was not material (2012: not material).

The forward exchange contracts are considered to be highly effective hedges as they are matched against known 
and committed receivables and payments and any gain or loss on the hedged risk is taken directly to equity.

(b)  Price Risk

(i)  Equity Securities Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity securities price risk. Equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the 
Group and classified on the balance sheet as investments.

Shares – listed

Shares – unlisted

Net exposure

Group sensitivity

2013
$’000

–

89,671

89,671

2012
$’000

353,362

100,976

454,338

The Group’s sensitivity to equity securities price risk for the unlisted investments has been estimated using valuation 
techniques based on the fair value of securities held. The sensitivity to fair value movements through equity or profit 
and loss as a result of movement in value of the securities was not material as at balance date (2012: not material).

(ii)  Commodity Price Risk

Neither the Group nor the parent entity is exposed to commodity price risk.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

133

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(c)  Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other 
receivables and derivative instruments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from the potential default of the 
counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at balance 
date is outlined under each applicable note.

The Group does not hold any credit derivatives or collateral to offset its credit exposure.

All investment and financial instruments activity is with approved counterparties with investment grade ratings and 
is in accordance with approved policies. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group and 
the aggregate value of transactions is spread amongst a number of financial institutions to minimise the risk of default 
of counterparties.

Credit risk in trade receivables is managed in the following ways:

(i)  The provision of credit is covered by a risk assessment process for all customers.

(ii)  Concentrations of credit risk are minimised by undertaking transactions with a large number of customers.

(iii)  The provision of cheque-cashing facilities for gaming patrons is subject to detailed policies and procedures designed 

to minimise any potential loss, including the taking up of bank opinions and the use of a central credit agency which 
collates information from major casinos around the world.

(d)  Liquidity Risk

It is the Group’s objective to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash 
reserves, committed bank lines and capital markets debt in order to meet its financial commitments in a timely manner.

At balance date 5.0% or $81 million of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities will mature in less than 12 months (2012: 1.7%).

As at balance date the Group had $1,127 million in undrawn committed bank lines (2012: $506 million).

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

134

 
 
 
 
N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(d)  Liquidity Risk continued 

Maturity analysis of financial assets and liabilities

The table below analyses the Group’s contractual undiscounted cash flows of financial assets and financial liabilities, 
net and gross settled derivative financial instruments into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period 
at balance date to the contractual maturity date.

1 year or less

1 to 5 years

more than 5 years

Total

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

205,511

149,353

–

Receivables – trade

257,459

201,525

9,763

Receivables – associates

–

209

117,059

–

10,154

92,713

16,565

14,789

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

205,511

149,353

267,222

211,679

117,059

92,922

16,565

14,789

Forward exchange 
contracts receivable

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps receivable

Finance lease liabilities

Capital markets

Bank loans

Total financial assets

486,321

371,934

153,965

127,100

122,145

115,109

762,431

614,143

6,786

6,058

27,143

24,233

122,145

115,109

156,074

145,400

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

296,581

325,731

669

–

–

–

138

10,706

138

–

–

–

–

–

296,719

325,869

11,375

–

316,419

14,658

895,194

355,422 1,211,613

370,080

80,726

29,077

331,549 1,295,509

Total return swap contracts

–

11,036

Forward exchange 
contracts payable

14,906

14,881

–

–

–

–

Interest rate swaps payable

1,940

10,809

5,768

1,630

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

412,275 1,324,586

–

11,036

14,906

7,708

14,881

12,439

Cross currency interest 
rate swaps payable

12,312

12,312

49,248

49,248

221,611

233,928

283,171

295,488

Total financial liabilities

407,134

403,846

713,828 1,361,183 1,116,805

589,350 2,237,767 2,354,379

Net maturity

79,187

(31,912)

(559,863) (1,234,083) (994,660)

(474,241) (1,475,336) (1,740,236)

(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities approximates the carrying value as at balance date.

The Group uses various methods in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument. The methods comprise:

Level One  –  the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets;

Level Two  –  the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level One that are observable 

for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

Level Three –  the fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

135

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 30 June 2013

34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued

The fair value of the financial instruments as well as the methods used to estimate the fair value are summarised 
in the table below.

Year ended 30 June 2013

Financial Assets

Derivative Instruments

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

Receivable on interest rate swaps

Investments

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

Financial Liabilities

Derivative Instruments

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Year ended 30 June 2012

Financial Assets

Derivative Instruments

Receivable on forward exchange contracts

Investments

Shares – listed (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (Australia)

Shares – unlisted (North America)

Financial Liabilities

Derivative Instruments

Payables on interest rate swaps

Payables on cross currency swaps

Payables on total return swaps

Valuation Technique

Quoted 
market price

Observable 
inputs

Non market 
observable

Level One
$’000

Level Two
$’000

Level Three
$’000

Total
$’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

353,362

–

–

1,568

925

–

–

2,493

679

3,940

4,619

337

–

–

–

–

–

36,353

53,318

89,671

–

–

–

–

–

37,305

63,671

1,568

925

36,353

53,318

92,164

679

3,940

4,619

337

353,362

37,305

63,671

353,362

337

100,976

454,675

–

–

–

–

11,331

8,515

11,036

30,882

–

–

–

–

11,331

8,515

11,036

30,882

There have been no transfers during the financial year ended 30 June 2013.

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

136

 
 
 
 
34.  Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies continued
(e)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments continued

Reconciliation of Level Three fair value movements:

Opening balance

Capital return received

Disposal of shares

Other Comprehensive Income

Closing Balance

2013
$’000

2012
$’000

100,976

98,658

(20,713)

(1,155)

10,563

89,671

–

–

2,318

100,976

N
o
t
e
s

t
o
t
h
e
F
n
a
n
c
a

i

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

137

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Shareholder Information

Substantial shareholders as at 13 September 2013:
The following information is extracted from substantial shareholder notices received by Crown.

Shareholder

Consolidated Press Holdings Limited

Number of 
ordinary 
Shares

% of Issued 
Capital

364,270,253

50.01%

Holders of each class of equity securities
Crown only has ordinary shares on issue. The total number of ordinary shares on issue is 728,394,185 held by 51,399 shareholders.

Voting rights of ordinary shares
Crown’s Constitution sets out the information in relation to the voting rights attached to shares. In summary, at a general 
meeting on a show of hands, every member present has one vote; and on a poll, every member present has:

(a)  one vote for each fully paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled to vote; and

(b)  a fraction of a vote for each partly paid share held by the member and in respect of which the member is entitled 
to vote, equivalent to the proportion which the amount paid on the share bears to the total amount paid and payable 
on the share.

Distribution of shareholders as at 13 September 2013:

Size of Holdings

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001+

Total

Holding less than a marketable parcel

Number of 
Shareholders

% of Issued 
Capital

33,928

15,526

1,285

580

80

51,399

1,074

1.87

4.47

1.23

1.72

90.72

100.00

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

138

 
22.26

21.76

11.74

7.38

6.99

2.41

2.23

2.09

2.01

1.60

1.59

1.40

1.05

0.87

0.48

0.48

0.39

0.29

0.28

0.27

The 20 largest shareholders as at 13 September 2013:

Name

1.

2.

CONSOLIDATED PRESS HOLDINGS LIMITED

BAREAGE PTY LIMITED

3. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

4.

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

5. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

6. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

7.

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

8. CAVALANE HOLDINGS PTY LTD

9. CAIRNTON HOLDINGS LIMITED

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

No. of 
Shares

% of Issued 
Capital

162,113,176

158,486,104

85,482,152

53,771,393

50,890,253

17,525,130

16,241,941

15,250,723

14,641,045

10. RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

11,626,830

11. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

12. SAMENIC LIMITED

13. JP MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED 

11,564,927

10,188,370

7,655,792

14. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

6,357,196

15. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

16. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

17. AMP LIFE LIMITED

18. ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED

19. CONSOLIDATED PRESS INVESTMENTS PTY LTD

20. UBS WEALTH MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LTD

3,530,206

3,513,055

2,818,939

2,084,184

2,069,387

1,938,963

Total

Others

637,749,766

90,644,419

87.56

12.44

Details of equity securities
Crown has 728,394,185 shares currently on issue, all of which are quoted.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

139

 
FINANCIAL REPORT  2013 CONTINUED

Additional Information

Shareholder enquiries
Shareholders may access their details by visiting the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com. For security 
reasons, shareholders need to enter their Security holder Reference Number (SRN) or Holding Identification Number (HIN) 
and postcode to access personal information. Security holding information may be updated online. Alternatively, download 
the relevant forms and have the completed forms mailed to the Share Registry. Shareholders with queries about their 
shareholdings should contact the Share Registry, Computershare Investor Services, on telephone number 1300 659 795, 
or if calling from outside Australia (61 3) 9415 4000 or by fax (61 3) 9473 2500.

Electronic shareholder communications
Receiving shareholder communications electronically, instead of by post enables you to:

•  Receive important shareholder and company information faster

•  Reduce your impact on the environment

•  Securely store important shareholder documents online, reducing clutter in your home or office

•  Access all documents conveniently 24/7

Shareholders who wish to receive email alerts informing them of Annual Report, Notice of Meeting, Issuer Holding Statements, 
Payment Advices and other company related information on Crown’s website, www.crownlimited.com may either contact 
the Share Registry or lodge such instructions online at the Share Registry’s website at www.investorcentre.com.

Change of address
Issuer sponsored shareholders should notify the Share Registry immediately in writing or by telephone upon any change in 
their address quoting their SRN. Changes in addresses for broker sponsored holders should be directed to the sponsoring 
brokers with the appropriate HIN.

Direct payment to shareholders’ accounts
Dividends may be paid directly to any bank, building society or credit union account in Australia. Payments are electronically 
credited on the dividend date with advisory confirmation containing payment details mailed to shareholders. Shareholders 
who wish to have their dividends paid directly to their account may advise the Share Registry in writing or may update their 
payment instructions online on www.investorcentre.com prior to the dividend record date.

Tax File Numbers
Crown is obliged to deduct tax at the top marginal rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked or partially franked dividends 
paid to Australian resident shareholders who have not supplied their Tax File Number (TFN) or exemption details. If you 
wish to provide your TFN or exemption details, please contact the Share Registry.

Consolidation of multiple holdings
If you have multiple holdings which you wish to consolidate, please advise the Share Registry in writing. If your holdings 
are broker sponsored, please contact the sponsoring broker directly.

Crown website
Crown has a dedicated corporate website, www.crownlimited.com which includes Crown’s Annual Report, disclosures 
made to the ASX and Notices of Meeting and other Explanatory Memoranda.

Investment Warning
All information provided in the Annual Report is provided as of the date stated or otherwise as at the date of the Report.

The Annual Report has not taken into account any particular investor’s investment objectives or other circumstances.

Investors are encouraged to make an independent assessment of Crown or seek independent professional advice.

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

140

 
C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e

I

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Corporate Information

Directors

•  James D Packer Chairman

•  John H Alexander BA Executive Deputy Chairman

•  Rowen B Craigie BEc (Hons) Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

•  Benjamin Brazil BCom, LLB

•  The Honourable Helen A Coonan BA, LLB

•  Christopher D Corrigan

•  Rowena Danziger BA, TC, MACE

•  Geoffrey J Dixon

•  John S Horvath AO, MB, BS, FRACP

•  Ashok Jacob BSc, MBA

•  Michael R Johnston BEc, CA

•  Harold C Mitchell AC

Company Secretaries

•  Michael J Neilson BA, LLB

•  Mary Manos BCom, LLB (Hons), GAICD

Crown’s registered office and principal corporate office
Level 3
Crown Towers
8 Whiteman Street
Southbank VIC 3006
Australia
Phone:   (61 3) 9292 8824

Share Registry
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited
Yarra Falls
452 Johnston Street
Abbotsford VIC 3067
Phone:  1300 659 795 (within Australia)

(61 3) 9415 4000 (outside Australia)
(61 3) 9473 2500

Fax: 
Website: www.computershare.com.au

Stock Exchange Listing
Crown’s ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the code “CWN”. Crown’s Subordinated Notes 
are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the code “CWNHA”. The home exchange is Melbourne.

Website
Visit our website www.crownlimited.com for media releases and financial information.

Auditor
Ernst & Young

Banker
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

www.colliercreative.com.au  #CRO0009

This report was printed on Neo Satin which is FSC® (COC) Mixed Sources certifi ed. 
All fi bre used in the production of NEO is purchased from sources approved by FSC® 
or CSA and operating under the framework of ISO1400 environmental standards.

Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company
Crown Limited Annual Report 2013 | Australia’s Leading Integrated Resort Company

141

 
 
crownlimited.com